Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Accelerate Diagnostics

Accelerate Diagnostics

axdx · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker axdx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Accelerate Diagnostics
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

Or

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-31822
ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

84-1072256
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3950 South Country Club Road, Suite 470
Tucson, AZ 85714
(Address of principle executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(520) 365-3100

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading symbol
AXDX

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(The Nasdaq Capital Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§2.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit such files).
☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☑
☑
☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the
effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the
registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ☐ Yes ☑ No

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2021, the last day of
the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $319.7 million based on the closing price quoted on The
Nasdaq Capital Market.

There were 67,801,931 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 10, 2022.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  the  registrant’s  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by

reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introductory Note
Forward-Looking Statements
Industry and other data
PART I
Item 1.  Business
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.  Properties
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Item 6.  Reserved
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.  Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary
SIGNATURES

3
3
3
5
5
17
42
42
42
42
43

43

44
44
57
57
96
96
97
97
98
98
98
98
98
98
99
99
99
102

2

Introductory Note

References herein to “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless the context

specifically requires otherwise.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K) contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange  Act”),  and  the  Company  intends  that  such  forward-looking  statements  be  subject  to  the  safe  harbors  created  thereby.  These
forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” or
“continue,”  or  variations  thereon  or  comparable  terminology,  include  but  are  not  limited  to,  statements  about  the  Company’s  future
development  plans  and  growth  strategy,  including  plans  and  objectives  relating  to  the  future  operations,  products  and  performance  of  the
Company, projections as to when certain key business milestones may be achieved; the potential of the Company’s products or technology;
projections  of  future  demand  for  the  Company’s  products;  the  growth  of  the  market  in  which  the  Company  operates;  the  Company’s
estimates as to the size of the Company’s market opportunity and potential pricing, the Company’s competitive position and estimates of time
reduction to results; anticipated impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company, including to its business, results of operations, cash
flows and financial position, as well as its future responses to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the Company’s expectations relating to current
supply chain impacts. In addition, all statements other than statements of historical facts that address activities, events, or developments the
Company expects, believes, or anticipates will or may occur in the future, and other such matters, are forward-looking statements.

Future  events  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  set  forth  in,  contemplated  or  suggested  by,  or  underlying  the
forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included herein are based on current expectations that involve a number of risks
and  uncertainties,  including  the  duration  and  severity  of  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  including  any  new  variants  that  may  become
predominant;  government  and  other  third-party  responses  to  it  and  the  consequences  for  the  global  economy  and  the  businesses  of  the
Company’s  suppliers  and  customers;  and  its  ultimate  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial
position, as well as the Company’s ability (or inability) to execute on its plans to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. Other important factors
that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements include those discussed in the
section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K and in the Company's subsequent filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(the “SEC”). These forward-looking statements are also based on assumptions that the Company will retain key management personnel, the
Company will be successful in the commercialization of its products, the Company will obtain sufficient capital to commercialize its products
and continue development of complementary products, the Company will retain key management personnel, that the Company will be able to
protect  its  intellectual  property,  the  Company’s  ability  to  respond  to  technological  change,  the  Company  will  accurately  anticipate  market
demand for the Company’s products and that there will be no material adverse change in the Company’s operations or business and general
market  and  industry  conditions.  Assumptions  relating  to  the  foregoing  involve  judgments  with  respect  to,  among  other  things,  future
economic, competitive and market conditions and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and
many of which are beyond the control of the Company.

Although  the  Company  believes  that  the  assumptions  underlying  the  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  any  of  the
assumptions could prove inaccurate and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the results expressed or implied in the forward-looking
statements will be realized. Any forward-looking statements made by us in this Form 10-K speak only as of the date on which they are made.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events
or otherwise.

Risk Factors Summary

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  risks  related  to  our  business  and  strategy;  risks  related  to  our
intellectual  property;  risks  related  to  our  research  and  development  activities;  risks  related  to  government  regulation;  risks  related  to  our
common stock; risks related to our convertible senior notes; and certain

3

general risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. These
risks include, but are not limited to, the following principal risks:

• We have limited revenues from our products and no assurance of future revenues.
• We have a history of losses and expect to continue to incur losses in the future, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or

sustain profitability.

• Our future profitability and continued existence are dependent in large part upon the successful commercialization of the Accelerate
Pheno  system  and  further  development  and  commercialization  of  associated  test  kits,  the  Accelerate  Arc  system  and  future
products.

• Our future product candidates have not obtained marketing authorization from the FDA, and they may never obtain such marketing

•

•

authorization or other regulatory clearance.
If we are not successful in the development of product improvements and additional test kits and commercialization of the Accelerate
Pheno system and related new products, such failure could lead to impairment of certain of our intellectual property and may result in
our ceasing operations.
If  we  do  not  achieve  our  projected  development  goals  in  the  time  frames  we  announce  and  expect,  the  commercialization  of  our
products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

• We may not be able to enhance the capabilities of our current and new products to keep pace with our industry’s rapidly changing

technology and customer requirements.

• We  are  developing  additional  uses  for  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Any  failure  or  delay  in  launching  new  applications  may

•

compromise our ability to achieve our growth objectives.
The failure of our current or any future diagnostic products to perform as expected could significantly impair our reputation and the
public image of our products, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

• Our industry is highly competitive, and we may not be successful in competing with our competitors. We currently face competition
from new and established competitors and expect to face competition from others in the future, including those with new products,
technologies or techniques.
The  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  have,  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our  commercial
operations and also exposes our business to other risks.

•

• Disruptions  in  the  supply  of  raw  materials,  consumable  goods  or  other  key  product  components,  or  issues  associated  with  their

quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability.

• We have made and intend to make significant additional investments in research and development, but there is no guarantee that

•

any of these investments will ultimately result in commercial products that will generate revenues.
The regulatory processes applicable to our products and operations are expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain and may prevent
us from obtaining required approvals for the commercialization of our products.

• Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and traded on low volumes.
• We are likely to require additional capital in the future, and you may incur dilution to your stock holdings.
• We  have  substantial  indebtedness  in  the  form  of  convertible  senior  notes,  which  could  have  important  consequences  to  our

•

business.
Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our
debt.

For a more complete discussion of the material risk factors applicable to us, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

Industry and other data

We  obtained  the  industry,  statistical  and  market  data  from  our  own  internal  estimates  and  research  as  well  as  from  industry  and
general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state
that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such
information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified statistical, market
and  industry  data  from  third-party  sources.  While  we  believe  our  internal  Company  research  is  reliable  and  the  market  definitions  are
appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

4

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“Accelerate”) is an in vitro diagnostics company dedicated to providing solutions that improve patient
outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections. Microbiology laboratories need new tools to address
what the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”) calls one of the most serious healthcare threats of our time, antibiotic
resistance. A significant contributing factor to the rise of resistance is the overuse and misuse of antibiotics, which is exacerbated by a lack of
timely  diagnostic  results.  The  delay  of  identification  and  antibiotic  susceptibility  results  is  often  due  to  the  reliance  by  microbiology
laboratories on traditional culture-based tests that often take two to three days to complete. Our technology platform is intended to address
these challenges by delivering significantly faster testing of infectious pathogens in various patient sample types.

Our first system to address these challenges is the Accelerate Pheno® system. The Accelerate PhenoTest® BC Kit, which is the first
test  kit  for  the  system,  is  indicated  as  an  aid,  in  conjunction  with  other  clinical  and  laboratory  findings,  in  the  diagnosis  of  bacteremia  and
fungemia, both life-threatening conditions with high morbidity and mortality risk. The device provides identification (“ID”) results followed by
antibiotic susceptibility testing (“AST”) for certain pathogenic bacteria commonly associated with or causing bacteremia. This test kit utilizes
genotypic  technology  to  identify  infectious  pathogens  and  phenotypic  technology  to  conduct  AST,  which  determines  whether  live  bacterial
cells are resistant or susceptible to a particular antimicrobial. This information can be used by physicians to rapidly modify antibiotic therapy
to lessen adverse events, improve clinical outcomes, and help preserve the useful life of antibiotics.

On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/EC and applied a CE mark to the
Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit for in vitro diagnostic use. On February 23, 2017, the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (“FDA”) granted our de novo classification request to market our Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

In 2017, we began selling the Accelerate Pheno system in hospitals in the United States, Europe, and the Middle East. Consistent
with our “razor” / “razor-blade” business model, revenues to date have principally been generated from the sale or leasing of the instruments
and the sale of single use consumable test kits.

In July 2021, we launched our second test for use on the Accelerate Pheno system, the PhenoTest BC kit, AST configuration. This
test kit runs antibiotic susceptibility testing following the input of an identification result from another system or methodology. In August 2021,
we announced that this new AST only configuration had been CE marked for use in Europe. We believe this new AST only configuration may
be attractive to prospective customers who already have a rapid ID system but still need fast susceptibility results to support getting patients
on an optimal antibiotic therapy as soon as possible.

We  remain  focused  on  expanding  our  product  portfolio  with  solutions  that  reduce  the  time  to  result,  improve  workflow,  enhance

accuracy and positively impact patient care.

History

We were incorporated in 1982 in Colorado under the name Sage Resources Corp., and through a series of subsequent transactions,
we became Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, in December 2012. In 2012, our Board of Directors and management team
established  a  new  strategic  direction  for  the  Company,  which  was  (1)  to  focus  on  the  internal  development,  manufacture,  and
commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  (2)  to  discontinue  efforts  to  develop  and  actively  market  OptiChem  and  our  other
surface chemistry products. Our Board of Directors and management pursued this new strategic direction based on the belief that we could
internally develop and commercialize the Accelerate Pheno system, formerly called the BacCel System.

Since  the  adoption  of  the  new  strategic  direction  in  2012,  we  have  made  significant  investments  in  research  and  development
personnel, facilities, equipment, and consumables to support the internal development of the Accelerate Pheno system. The Company has
also invested in the hiring of regulatory, manufacturing, quality, sales,

5

and marketing personnel experienced in the manufacture and commercialization of medical devices.

•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•

•

This strategic direction required the Company to raise additional capital, including through the following transactions:
In June 2012, the Company raised $14.4 million through the sale of common stock to Abeja Ventures, LLC.
In  March  2013,  the  Company  obtained  additional  capital  through  the  exercise  of  warrants  issued  to  Abeja  Ventures,  LLC  in  the
aggregate amount of $20.1 million.
In August 2013, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $20.0 million.
In April 2014, the Company completed a rights offering that raised gross proceeds of $45.0 million.
In December 2015, the Company completed a publicly marketed common stock offering that raised gross proceeds of $109.3 million.
In  May  2017,  the  Company  completed  another  publicly  marketed  common  stock  offering  that  raised  additional  gross  proceeds  of
$89.0 million.
In March 2018, the Company completed a convertible debt offering providing additional gross proceeds of $171.5 million.
In December 2020 and September 2021, the Company executed certain securities purchase agreements in connection with certain
private placement offerings of the Company’s equity securities that provided the Company aggregate gross proceeds of $32.0 million
in 2021.
In May 2021, the Company established a $50 million “at-the-market” equity offering program (the “ATM Program”) under which the
Company raised gross proceeds of $10.9 million in 2021.

This  strategic  direction  coupled  with  various  investments  permitted  the  development,  clinical  trial  and  FDA  registration,  and
commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit. Accelerate has expanded the strategic direction it
took in 2012 to include the development of additional test kits and systems, including the development of the Accelerate Arc BC kit, as well
as  geographic  expansion  to  advance  its  mission  to  improve  patient  outcomes  and  lower  healthcare  costs  through  the  rapid  diagnosis  of
serious infections globally.

Clinical Need

Antibiotic  resistance  is  a  major  contributing  factor  to  the  significant  impact  sepsis  is  posing  to  healthcare,  costing  the  U.S.  an
estimated $62 billion per year in healthcare and productivity costs. Notably these costs are estimated to have doubled between 2016 and
2019. Increasing  infection  rates  and  misuse  of  antibiotics  results  in  serious  treatment  complications.  Recent  studies  have  shown  that  the
number of hospital-acquired infections in the United States ranges from 214,700 to 1.4 million per year, contributing to an estimated 75,000
deaths  per  year.  According  to  the  CDC,  at  least  2.8  million  people  get  an  antibiotic-resistant  infection  each  year  in  the  United  States.
Moreover, inappropriate antibiotic use is widespread. Of the approximately 35 million patients admitted to U.S. hospitals each year, 56% are
put on empiric antibiotic therapy, of which more than half are on inappropriate or unnecessary antibiotics.

AST  testing  is  used  to  determine  which  antibiotics  will  be  effective  and  which  will  be  ineffective  for  treating  a  particular  patient's
infections. Accordingly, AST is ideally designed to address this challenge but previous post culture methods for obtaining AST results took 2-
3 days to deliver. Studies have shown that even a modest decrease in the time it takes to deliver an AST result correlates to reduced length
and cost of hospital stay per patient. One such study showed that a five hour reduction in the time to receive an AST result delivered a two-
day reduction in length of stay and a reduction in patient treatment costs of $1,750 per patient. Based on our analysis, we estimate that the
Accelerate  Pheno  system  is  capable  of  delivering  clinically-actionable  results  in  approximately  19  hours  from  the  time  a  blood  sample  is
received by the laboratory, while current solutions often require 2-3 days to deliver these results. Studies have established that results from
the Accelerate Pheno system are available, on average, 29 hours earlier with respect to ID and 54 hours earlier with respect to AST, than
traditional methods.

Rapid AST is particularly important in improving sepsis patient outcomes. Sepsis is responsible for approximately 270,000 deaths in
the United States annually, which is one in three U.S. hospital patient deaths. Optimizing antibiotics within the first 24 hours of hospitalization
is critical. It is estimated that 80% of sepsis deaths could be prevented with rapid diagnosis and treatment. By providing clinically-actionable
results in hours instead of days, we believe that the Accelerate Pheno system can play a significant role in allowing physicians to provide
timely, effective therapy to sepsis patients.

6

Market Opportunity

Across  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia  Pacific  geographies,  we  estimate  there  are  over  300  million  ID  and  AST  tests  completed
annually across various sample types. We estimate that of these tests, our current test kit, the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, has the potential
to address the over four million blood culture samples tested each year in North America and Europe, if authorized by the FDA for expanded
indications to cover all such ID and AST testing.

In  addition,  there  is  a  substantial  existing  installed  base  of  legacy  automated  AST  systems.  Principally,  these  systems  are  the
bioMerieux  Vitek  2®,  Danaher  Corporation  (“Danaher”)  Microscan®  system,  and  Becton,  Dickinson  and  Company  (“BD”)  Phoenix.  These
competitors’  AST  products  are  developed  to  require  purified  bacterial  strains  or  “isolates”  for  analysis,  which  require  at  least  overnight
culturing  of  a  sample  to  produce  enough  organisms  to  test.  This  installed  base  represents  an  attractive  opportunity  to  both  potentially
complement  and  potentially  replace  existing  laboratory  workflows  with  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  our  next  generation  rapid  testing
solutions.

Certain government initiatives are complementary to the Accelerate Pheno system. For example, effective October 1, 2008, hospitals
no  longer  receive  additional  payment  for  cases  in  which  a  hospital-acquired  condition,  as  determined  by  the  Centers  for  Medicare  and
Medicaid  Services,  the  federal  agency  responsible  for  administering  the  Medicare  program  (“CMS”),  occurred  but  was  not  present  on
admission,  thereby  incentivizing  providers  to  enhance  infection-management  protocols.  Similarly,  effective  October  1,  2012,  CMS
implemented  the  Hospital  Readmissions  Reduction  Program,  which  reduces  payments  to  hospitals  for  excess  readmissions.  Similarly, on
March 27, 2015, the White House released the National Action Plan for Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, which directly and indirectly
promotes rapid susceptibility testing. The plan identified several milestones to accomplish this goal, such as calling on the National Institutes
of Health to fund new projects and provide prizes aimed at the development of rapid diagnostic tests that characterize antibiotic susceptibility
and improve antibiotic stewardship; mandating implementation of antibiotic stewardship programs by all hospitals participating in Medicare
and Medicaid; and calling on the FDA and CMS to evaluate new regulatory pathways to promote development and adoption of innovative
infectious disease diagnostics. In October 2020, the Federal Task Force on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria released a new National
Action Plan for 2020-2025, which establishes new objectives and targets. This plan prioritizes infection prevention and control to slow the
spread of resistant infections and reduce the need for antibiotic use. This plan also focuses on collecting and using data to better understand
where resistance is occurring, support the development of new diagnostics and treatment options, and advance international coordination.

Products

The Accelerate Pheno system is the Company’s first in vitro diagnostic platform and is intended for the ID and AST of pathogens
most  commonly  associated  with  serious  or  health  care-associated  infections,  including  Gram-positive  and  Gram-negative  organisms.  The
system leverages long-accepted bacteriological testing principles enhanced by proprietary technology and automation enabling the analysis
of live microbial cells. It detects and identifies pathogens directly from a single patient sample followed by antimicrobial susceptibility testing
based on the ID results. Antimicrobial susceptibility is determined by morphokinetic cellular analysis (“MCA”), a process that evaluates the
change  of  individual  cells  and  microcolonies  in  response  to  a  range  of  antibiotics  over  time.  The  system’s  combined  technologies  and
automation  dramatically  reduce  the  need  for  time-consuming  traditional  bacterial  culturing,  thus  eliminating  the  major  source  of  delay  with
current testing methods. ID results are typically available within 90 minutes of presenting the patient sample to the system, and susceptibility
results,  including  minimum  inhibitory  concentrations  (“MIC”),  are  available  about  five  hours  after  ID  results.  In  the  case  of  the  Accelerate
PhenoTest  BC  Kit  for  positive  blood  culture  samples,  a  blood  culture  screening  step  is  required,  which  we  estimate  takes  an  average  of
approximately 12 hours to complete before the sample is introduced to the Accelerate Pheno system. This combined turnaround time is a
significant improvement over the multiple days currently required to obtain AST results, with MIC details, using conventional testing methods.

7

The Accelerate Pheno system features walk-away automation and consists of a fixed instrument and proprietary single-use test kit.
The instrument consists of module(s) connected to a single analysis computer, which allows hospitals to acquire various numbers of modules
to address their particular test volume. In order to run a patient sample on the Accelerate Pheno system a laboratory technician would pipette
the patient sample into our system, insert the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, and initiate the run. In the case of our initial test, a positive blood
culture sample is introduced to the system by pipetting directly from the blood culture bottle into our Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

The Accelerate Pheno system is the result of over a decade of technological development and several years of instrument design
and engineering. The system is comprised of custom-engineered functional components, including a robotic pipettor for fluidic manipulation,
an optical system with both dark-field and fluorescent illumination, and an imaging system. These sensor components, among others, are
used in the four processes that follow, each of which is a crucial component in delivering the rapid ID and AST results.

These processes include:
•

•

•

•

Automated specimen preparation. The initial step in the process is the automated purification of samples through an on-board
and proprietary process to separate live organisms from sample debris.
Live-cell  immobilization.  Following  preparation,  the  purified  sample  is  moved  to  the  imaging  cassette  where  pathogens  are
immobilized onto the cassette surface such that they can be imaged and analyzed in a stationary position during the ID and AST
testing.
ID testing via fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH). The now immobilized cells are tested with our proprietary FISH probes to
enable  identification.  Because  the  genetic  sequences  of  bacteria  are  distinctive,  the  binding  of  fluorescently  labeled  probes
indicates  the  presence  of  a  specific  target  sequence  of  RNA  associated  with  a  single  or  group  of  bacterial  species  or  yeasts.
When the probe finds a targeted sequence, it binds to it—generating a fluorescent signal—which is visible by the imaging system
on the Accelerate Pheno system. Positive fluorescent signals from more than one target probe indicate polymicrobial samples
and a universal bacterial stain discriminates target from non-target bacteria or fungi. The ID result is presented on the Accelerate
Pheno  system's  graphic  user  interface  in  approximately  90  minutes  from  the  introduction  of  the  sample  into  the  Accelerate
Pheno system.
Susceptibility  testing  via  live-cell  optical  analysis.  With  the  ID  of  the  pathogen  known,  the  system’s  software  determines  the
antibiotic  panel  to  be  used  for  susceptibility  testing.  These  antibiotics,  growth  media,  and  additional  patient  sample  are
introduced to additional channels on the optical cassette. Finally, our proprietary imaging platform and algorithms determine the
minimum inhibitory concentration of the bacteria by observing which antibiotics arrested live cell growth and led to cell death and
which antibiotics were ineffective in ceasing live cell growth. The susceptibility test result is presented approximately five hours
after the conclusion of the ID test.

The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  has  been  the  subject  of  dozens  of  scientific  posters  and  studies.  Recent  studies  and  associated
publications  have  covered  subjects  including  time  savings,  performance,  opportunity  rates  for  clinical  interventions,  and  clinical  outcomes
full  papers  are  available  on  our  website  at
including 
http://acceleratediagnostics.com/updates/#publications. None of the information contained on our website is part of this report or incorporated
in this report by reference.

length  of  stay.  Published  study  abstracts  and 

links 

to 

Current product development programs include the development of the Accelerate Arc system, an instrument and consumable aimed
to improve the workflow and reduce the time to result associated with matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI) ID systems, and
the development of our next generation Pheno system, which is intended to have lower costs, higher throughput, and capable of testing a
broader set of sample types compared to the current Accelerate Pheno system. We plan to launch the Accelerate Arc system in 2022 initially
as a research use only (RUO) product and are evaluating our options relating to its in vitro diagnostic regulatory approval.

Research and Development

We plan to continue making significant investments in the research and development of new applications for existing technologies

and in the research and development of new complementary technologies.

Since the completion and launch of the Accelerate Pheno system, we have focused on product improvements and the development

of additional test kits. This includes the PhenoTest BC kit, AST configuration

8

launched in 2021 which provides our customers the ability to use the input ID result from another system or methodology but still benefit from
rapid AST results using the Accelerate Pheno system. Our objective is to develop test kits that work seamlessly with the Accelerate Pheno
system and deliver substantial benefits to microbiology laboratories and to physicians in the treatment of serious infections.

Our research activity also includes the evaluation and development of (i) technologies to reduce the cost and increase the throughput
of AST, (ii) improved AST technologies, (iii) improved ID technologies, and (iv) other platform technologies potentially useful in addressing
other  parts  of  the  infectious  disease  laboratory  testing  workflow.  Two  such  programs  are  the  development  of  the  Accelerate  Arc  system,
which is a sample preparation device for rapid MALDI identification results, including the development of the associated Accelerate Arc BC
kit, and the development of our next generation AST platform discussed above.

The Company's research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, are included in the

consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Intellectual Property

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  laws,  employee  and  third-party  non-disclosure
agreements, license agreements, and other intellectual property protection methods to protect our proprietary rights. We intend to continue
developing intellectual property, and we intend to aggressively protect our position in key technologies. Our patented technology covers key
components of the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate Arc system, and is, thus, critical to the Company. Our patents are focused
on several key technologies, including our automated process for sample preparation, and methods for imaging and analysis of individual
pathogen cells. The Company’s first patent on the Accelerate Pheno system technology, U.S. Patent No. 7,341,841 titled “Rapid Microbial
Detection and Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing,” was issued on March 11, 2008. The patent specification covers methods used to derive
ID  and  antibiotic  susceptibility  from  tests  on  individual  immobilized  bacterial  cells.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  54  issued  patents
worldwide, including 24 patents issued in the United States and 30 issued outside the United States. Our patents are set to expire on various
dates in 2022 through 2035. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021, we had 12 patent applications pending worldwide, including eight U.S.
applications and four applications outside the United States. The Company believes that its patent suite would make it difficult for any other
company to conduct rapid AST of individual pathogens utilizing our technology. From a trademark perspective, we had 41 registered marks
protecting our brand and prospective products both domestically and internationally.

Sales, Marketing, and Distribution

The target customers for our products are hospital microbiology laboratories that perform ID and AST. In general, we utilize our own
direct  sales  force  to  market  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  to  our  targeted  customers.  However,  in  select  geographies,  we  use  third-party
distributors to market, sell and support the product.

The business, while not seasonal, is influenced by the timing of hospital budget and tender approval cycles which vary by geography.
Due  to  the  relatively  long  sales  cycles,  order  back-logs  are  not  typical,  and  we  manage  our  inventory  based  on  an  estimation  of  demand
forecasts.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, none of the Company’s customers represented more than 10% of the Company’s total net

sales.

Competition

The  leading  companies  with  automated  microbiological  testing  products  include  BD,  bioMerieux,  Danaher  and  Thermo  Fisher
Scientific’s  subsidiary  TREK  Diagnostics  Systems,  Inc.  (“TREK”).  These  companies  provide  products  for  the  broad-based  culturing  and
analysis  of  a  wide  variety  of  bacteria.  These  competitors’  AST  products  require  purified  bacterial  strains  or  “isolates”  for  analysis,  which
require at least overnight culturing of a sample to produce enough organisms to test. We believe these standard culturing methods, including
enrichment growth and colony isolation, cannot achieve the speed that the Accelerate Pheno system provides. These companies and other
competitors, such as T2 Biosystems have automated bacterial ID products which provide a component of the clinical diagnostics solution but
lack rapid AST functionality.

Potential competitors for rapid AST have made announcements at various trade shows, including - but not

9

limited to; Quantamatrix, Q-Linea, Specific Diagnostics, Lifescale, Selux Diagnostics and Gradientech. While we do not have visibility into all
of  these  companies’  respective  stages  of  development,  none  have  yet  obtained  FDA  marketing  authorization  or  commercialized  their
products  in  the  United  States.  In  addition  to  existing  and  emerging  companies,  there  are  manual  methods  which  could  be  validated  by
individual hospitals to deliver rapid ID and susceptibility results. See “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy-Our industry
is  highly  competitive,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  competing  with  our  competitors.  We  currently  face  competition  from  new  and
established  competitors  and  expect  to  face  competition  from  others  in  the  future,  including  those  with  new  products,  technologies  or
techniques” for additional information.

Industry Developments

The  clinical  microbiology  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  new  products  are  frequently  introduced  for  rapid
bacterial ID using genes or other molecular markers. Numerous acquisitions, licenses, and distribution arrangements have been announced
over the last few years for such products. However, we do not believe that any of these technologies offers the advantages afforded by the
Accelerate Pheno system. For example, gene detection can be highly sensitive and specific for the ID of pathogens, but very few antibiotic
resistance  mechanisms  are  simple  enough  to  accurately  guide  drug  selection.  Even  in  those  rare  instances  where  there  is  a  direct
relationship between a gene and effective resistance, such as particular Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) strains, leading
literature has reported novel mutations that escape detection by recently commercialized tests.

Fundamental  biological  limitations  arise  from  the  complexity  of  the  majority  of  drug  resistance  expression  mechanisms.  This
complexity precludes direct interpretation of molecular marker presence or absence and extrapolating to prescription guidance. Accordingly,
recent  studies  indicate  that  ID  and  resistance  results  alone  are  not  consistently  acted  upon  by  clinicians.  Further,  many  new  diagnostic
technologies  also  require  prior  isolation  of  cultured  colonies  in  order  to  assure  accuracy.  The  time  required  to  obtain  such  isolates,  with  a
minimum of overnight turnaround, prevents these technologies from serving as rapid diagnostics for treatment decision support.

Another  technology  receiving  wide  attention  is  mass  spectrometry,  and  particularly  the  matrix-assisted  laser  desorption  ionization
time  of  flight  version  (“MALDI-TOF”),  such  as  the  Biotyper system  from  Bruker  Corporation  and  the  Vitek  MS  from  bioMerieux.  Bruker
Corporation has agreements with a number of companies for distribution, including BD, TREK, and Siemens. These systems build an empiric
database from protein spectra acquired from many thousands of purified bacterial and fungal strains. They require a pure strain isolate for
analysis and enrichment culturing to produce enough material to analyze. Some research papers on these systems report attempts to directly
analyze isolate or blood culture smears, but results are not as reliable as those from samples prepared using a cleanup process to produce
crude protein extracts.

® 

MALDI-TOF systems have a major advantage over other molecular methods in identifying a very broad range of organisms. Cost of
ownership  is  also  substantially  below  that  of  older  molecular  methods.  But  the  requirement  for  extensive  organism  enrichment  and
purification, as well as the inability to quantify live organisms or distinguish samples derived from viable organisms, substantially limits this
technology  from  time-critical  decision  support.  As  with  the  older  molecular  methods,  MALDI-TOF  systems  cannot  identify  major  drug
resistance expression and face the same fundamental biological barriers as gene detection.

Government Regulation

Our  products  under  development  and  our  operations  are  subject  to  significant  government  regulation.  In  the  United  States,  our

products are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and other federal, state, and local regulatory authorities.

FDA Regulation of Medical Devices

The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, with respect to medical devices:
•
•
•
•
•
•

design, development, manufacturing, and storage;
testing, content, and language of instructions for use and storage;
labeling;
pre-clinical testing and clinical trials;
product safety;
advertising, promotion, marketing, sales, and distribution;

10

•
•
•
•
•

•
•

pre-market clearance and approval;
record-keeping procedures;
advertising and promotion;
recalls and corrective field actions;
post-market reporting, including reporting of deaths, serious injuries, and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to
death or serious injury;
post-market studies and surveillance; and
product import and export.

In the United States, numerous laws and regulations govern all the processes by which medical devices are brought to market and
marketed. These include the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”) and the FDA's regulations implementing the law codifying
the FDCA.

FDA Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Each  medical  device  we  seek  to  commercially  distribute  in  the  United  States  must  first  receive  510(k)  clearance,  approval  of  a
reclassification petition or de novo classification request, or pre-market approval from the FDA, unless specifically exempted by the FDA. The
FDA categorizes medical devices into one of three classes - Class I, II, or III - based on their risks and the regulatory controls necessary to
provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices generally pose the lowest risk to the patient and/or user and
Class III devices pose the highest risk. Regulatory control increases from Class I to Class III. The device classification regulation defines the
regulatory  requirements  for  a  general  device  type.  Generally,  in  order  to  market  or  commercially  distribute  a  Class  I,  II,  and  III  device
intended for human use in the United States, for which a Premarket Approval application (PMA) is not required, one must submit a 510(k) to
FDA unless, as noted, the device is exempt from the 510(k) pre-market notification requirements of the FDCA. Per the FDA, generally, most
Class I devices are exempt from Premarket Notification 510(k); most Class II devices require Premarket Notification 510(k); and most Class
III devices require a PMA.

510(k) Clearance Process

To  obtain  510(k)  clearance,  we  must  submit  a  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  demonstrating  that  the  proposed  device  is
substantially equivalent to a device that has previously obtained 510(k) clearance, a device that has been classified into Class I or II, or a
device  that  was  legally  marketed  before  May  28,  1976  and  that  is  not  yet  subject  to  an  FDA  order  requiring  pre-market  approval.  In rare
cases, Class III devices may be cleared through the 510(k) process. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days,
but the review clock may be stopped due to requests for additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and clearance is
never assured. Although many 510(k) pre-market notifications are cleared without clinical data, in some cases, the FDA requires clinical data
to support substantial equivalence. In reviewing a pre-market notification submission, the FDA may request additional information, including
clinical data, which may significantly prolong the review process.

After  a  device  receives  510(k)  clearance,  any  subsequent  modification  of  the  device  that  could  significantly  affect  its  safety  or
effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, in some cases, approval of a
PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA may review any such decision and may disagree
with  a  manufacturer's  determination.  If  the  FDA  disagrees  with  a  manufacturer's  determination,  the  FDA  may  require  the  manufacturer  to
cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA is obtained. Under these circumstances, the
FDA may also subject a manufacturer to enforcement action and sanctions, including those described below. In addition, the FDA is currently
evaluating  the  510(k)  process  and  may  make  substantial  changes  to  regulatory  requirements,  including  changes  that  could  affect  which
devices are eligible for 510(k) clearance, the FDA’s ability to rescind 510(k) clearances, and additional requirements that may significantly
impact the 510(k) review process.

Pre-market Approval (“PMA”) Process

A PMA generally must be submitted if the medical device is in Class III or cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A  PMA
must be supported by extensive technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction the
safety and effectiveness of the device.

After a PMA is submitted and filed, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the submitted information. During this review, the FDA may

request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also during

11

the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide
recommendations  to  the  FDA  as  to  the  approvability  of  the  device.  In  addition,  the  FDA  will  conduct  a  pre-approval  inspection  of  the
manufacturing  facility  to  ensure  compliance  with  Quality  System  Regulations  (“QSR”),  which  imposes  elaborate  development,  testing,
control,  documentation  and  other  quality  assurance  requirements  on  the  design  and  manufacturing  process.  The  FDA  has  committed  to
review most PMAs within 180 days where an advisory panel is not required and within 320 days where an advisory panel is required, but the
review  clock  may  be  stopped  due  to  requests  for  additional  information.  A  decision  may  take  significantly  longer,  and  approval  is  never
assured. The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including
restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, and distribution and collection of safety data. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can
result  in  enforcement  action  and  sanctions,  including  those  described  below.  New  PMAs  or  PMA  supplements  are  required  for  significant
modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling of the product, or design of a device that is approved through the PMA process. PMA
supplements  often  require  submission  of  the  same  type  of  information  as  an  original  PMA,  except  that  the  supplement  is  limited  to
information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or
the convening of an advisory panel.

De novo Classification Process

Medical  device  types  that  the  FDA  has  not  previously  classified  as  Class  I,  II,  or  III  are  automatically  classified  into  Class  III
regardless of the level of risk they pose. The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 established a new route to market for
low-to-moderate  risk  medical  devices  that  are  automatically  placed  into  Class  III  due  to  the  absence  of  a  predicate  device,  called  the
“Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation,” or the de novo classification procedure. This procedure allows a manufacturer
whose novel device is automatically classified into Class III to request down-classification of its medical device into Class I or Class II on the
basis that the device presents low or moderate risk, rather than requiring the submission and approval of a PMA. Prior to the enactment of
the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (“FDASIA”) in July 2012, a medical device could only be eligible for de novo
classification if the manufacturer first submitted a 510(k) pre-market notification and received a determination from the FDA that the device
was not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. FDASIA streamlined the de novo classification pathway by permitting manufacturers to
also  request  de  novo  classification  directly  without  first  submitting  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification  to  the  FDA  and  receiving  a  not
substantially equivalent determination. Under FDASIA, the FDA is required to classify the device within 120 days following receipt of such a
direct de novo request; however, this time period can be extended if questions and/or requests for additional information are asked of the
applicant. If the manufacturer seeks classification into Class II, the manufacturer should include a draft proposal for special controls that are
necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the medical device. In  addition,  the  FDA  may  reject  a  de
novo request if the FDA identifies a legally marketed predicate device that would be appropriate for a 510(k), determines that the device is
not  low-to-moderate  risk,  or  determines  that  general  controls  would  be  inadequate  to  control  the  risks  and  special  controls  cannot  be
developed.

In  July  of  2016,  we  submitted  a  de  novo  request  for  evaluation  of  automatic  Class  III  Designation  to  the  FDA  for  the  Accelerate
Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit.  On  February  23,  2017,  the  FDA  granted  our  de  novo  request  to  market  the  Accelerate
Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit as a Class II medical device.

Clinical Trials

Clinical  trial  data  is  typically  required  to  support  a  PMA  and  is  usually  required  for  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification.  Initiation  of  a
clinical  trial  generally  requires  submission  of  an  application  for  an  Investigational  Device  Exemption  (an  “IDE”)  to  the  FDA.  The  IDE
application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in
humans  and  that  the  investigational  protocol  is  scientifically  sound.  The  IDE  application  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  FDA  for  a
specified  number  of  patients,  unless  the  product  is  deemed  a  non-significant  risk  device  and  eligible  for  abbreviated  IDE  requirements.
Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA as well as the appropriate institutional
review boards at the clinical trial sites and the informed consent of the patients participating in the clinical trial is obtained. After a trial begins,
the FDA may place it on hold or terminate if it concludes that the clinical subjects are exposed to unacceptable risks. Any trials we conduct
must  be  undertaken  in  accordance  with  FDA  regulations  as  well  as  other  federal  regulations  and  state  laws  concerning  human  subject
protection and privacy, including, but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) Privacy Rule (45 CFR
Part 160 and Subparts A and E of Part 164) and the Security Rule (45 CFR Part 160 and Subparts A and C

12

of Part 164). Moreover, the results of a clinical trial may not be sufficient to obtain clearance or approval of the product.

Clinical trial sponsors may also be subject to the Medicare Secondary Payer laws, which prohibit Medicare from making a payment if
payment  has  been  made  or  can  reasonably  be  expected  to  be  made  by  other  plans,  such  as  liability  insurance  plans  (including  self-
insurance).  Section  111  of  the  Medicare,  Medicaid,  and  SCHIP  Extension  Act  of  2007  (“MMSEA”)  established  mandatory  reporting
requirements with respect to Medicare beneficiaries who receive settlements, judgments, awards, or other payment from liability insurance
(including self-insurance) plans. When payments are made by sponsors of clinical trials for complications or injuries arising out of the trials,
such  payments  are  considered  to  be  payments  by  liability  insurance  (including  self-insurance)  and  must  be  reported.  Section  III  of  the
MMSEA  includes  authority  for  CMS  to  impose  civil  monetary  penalties  against  liability  insurance  (including  self-insurance)  plans  that  are
determined to be non-compliant with the applicable reporting requirements.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After a medical device is placed on the market, numerous FDA regulatory requirements apply, including the following:
•

the QSR, which imposes elaborate development, testing, control, documentation, and other quality assurance requirements on
the design and manufacturing process;
establishment registration, which requires establishments involved in the production and distribution of medical devices, intended
for commercial distribution in the United States, to register with the FDA;

•

• medical device listing, which requires manufacturers to list the devices they have in commercial distribution with the FDA;
•

labeling  regulations  and  various  statutory  provisions,  which  prohibit  false  or  misleading  labeling,  as  well  as  the  promotion  of
products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling; and
post-market  reporting  requirements,  which  require  that  manufacturers  report  to  the  FDA  deaths,  serious  injuries,  and
malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury, recalls, and corrective field actions.

•

In certain cases, advertising is also subject to scrutiny by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) in addition to the FDA. The  FDA
and  other  agencies  actively  enforce  these  and  other  applicable  laws  and  regulations,  accordingly.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable
requirements  may  result  in  enforcement  action  by  the  FDA  and/or  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  which  may  include  one  or  more  of  the
following administrative or judicial sanctions:
untitled letters or warning letters;
fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

•
•
• mandatory recall or seizure of our products;
•
•
•
•
•
•

administrative detention or banning of our products;
operating restrictions, partial suspension, or total shutdown of production;
import holds;
refusing to approve pending 510(k) notifications or PMAs;
revocation of 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals previously granted; and
criminal prosecution and penalties.

International Regulation

Sales  of  medical  devices  outside  the  United  States  are  subject  to  foreign  government  regulations,  which  vary  substantially  from
country to country. In order to market our products in other countries, we must obtain regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety
and  quality  regulations  in  other  countries.  The  time  required  to  obtain  approval  by  a  foreign  country  may  be  longer  or  shorter  than  that
required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ significantly.

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which comprises the 27 Member States of the EU plus Liechtenstein, Norway and Iceland,
in vitro medical devices are required to conform with the essential requirements of the EU Directive on in vitro diagnostic medical devices
(Directive 98/79/EC, as amended). To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements, the manufacturer must undergo a conformity
assessment procedure. The conformity assessment varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. For low-risk devices,
the conformity assessment can be carried out internally, but for higher risk devices (self-test devices and those included in List A and B of
Annex II of Directive 98/79/EC) it requires the intervention of an accredited EEA

13

Notified  Body.  If  successful,  the  conformity  assessment  concludes  with  the  drawing  up  by  the  manufacturer  of  an  EC  Declaration  of
Conformity  entitling  the  manufacturer  to  affix  the  CE  mark  to  its  products  and  to  sell  them  throughout  the  EEA.  The  EC  Declaration  of
Conformity was received by the Company in 2015 for the Accelerate Pheno system and the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit.

Other Healthcare Laws

Following the FDA’s granting of our de novo request to market the Accelerate Pheno system and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, we
commenced  active  commercialization  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  Such  business  activities,  including  the  activities  of  any  third-party
distributors that we retain, will be subject to additional healthcare laws and regulations and related enforcement by the federal government as
well  as  the  governments  of  states  and  foreign  jurisdictions  where  we  conduct  our  business.  These  laws  and  regulations  include,  without
limitation,  state  and  federal  anti-kickback,  fraud  and  abuse  (including  state  and  federal  Stark  law),  false  claims,  privacy  and  security,  and
physician  payment  transparency  laws  and  regulations.  Violations  of  these  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,
including substantial fines and, in some cases, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid.
The  following  discussion  describes  certain  federal  and  state  healthcare  laws  and  regulations  that  may  impact  our  operations  and  the
operations of our customers, but is not intended to be an exhaustive discussion of all potentially applicable federal and state health laws and
regulations.

The  U.S.  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute  prohibits  any  person  from  knowingly  and  willfully  offering,  soliciting,  receiving,  or  providing
remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for an
item or service, or the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility,
item,  or  service  for  which  payment  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  under  a  federal  healthcare  program,  such  as  the  Medicare  and
Medicaid programs. A person need not have actual knowledge of the Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent in order to commit a violation,
and several courts have interpreted the intent requirement of the Anti-Kickback Statute to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement is
to induce referrals or purchases of federal healthcare program business, the Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated. In addition to criminal
fines and penalties set forth under the Anti-Kickback Statute, violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion or debarment from
participation in the federal healthcare programs, as well as substantial penalties under the Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, which imposes
penalties  against  any  person  or  entity  that  is  determined  to  have  presented  or  caused  to  be  presented  a  claim  to  a  federal  healthcare
program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. A violation
of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, which, as discussed
below, imposes liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by
a  federal  healthcare  program.  Several  states  and  foreign  countries  also  have  anti-kickback  laws  and  other  fraud  and  abuse  laws  that
establish similar prohibitions and, in some cases, may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial
insurers.

The U.S. federal Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the Stark law, prohibits physicians from referring patients to
receive “designated health services” payable by Medicare or Medicaid from entities with which the physician or an immediate family member
has  a  financial  relationship,  unless  an  exception  applies.  Financial  relationships  include  both  ownership/investment  interests  and
compensation arrangements. The Stark law is a strict liability statute, meaning that proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required.
The Stark law prohibits the submission, or causing the submission, of claims in violation of the law’s restrictions on referrals. Penalties for
physicians who violate the Stark law include fines as well as exclusion from participation in Federal health care programs.

The federal False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that knowingly presents or causes to be presented a false or
fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the U.S. government. Liability under the False Claims Act can give rise to treble damages
and civil monetary penalties. In addition to actions initiated by the government itself, the qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act authorize
private individuals to bring False Claims Act actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false
claim to the federal government, and to share in a percentage of the recovery. In recent years, the government and qui tam relators have
initiated suits resulting in multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the False Claims Act in addition to criminal convictions under
applicable criminal statutes. Given  the  significant  size  of  actual  and  potential  settlements,  it  is  expected  that  the  government  and  qui  tam
relators  will  continue  to  devote  substantial  resources  and  use  the  False  Claims  Act  to  investigate  and  prosecute  healthcare  companies’
compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

14

The  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996  (“HIPAA”)  created  federal  criminal  statutes  that  prohibit
knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private
third-party  payers  or  to  obtain—by  means  of  false  or  fraudulent  pretenses,  representations,  or  promises—any  of  the  money  or  property
owned by or under the custody or control of any healthcare benefit program; and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up
a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare
benefits,  items  or  services.  The  Affordable  Care  Act  (“ACA”)  amended  certain  sections  of  the  HIPAA  criminal  statutes  such  that  a  person
need not have actual knowledge of the applicable statute or specific intent in order to have committed a healthcare fraud violation.

As stated above, many states and foreign countries have adopted similar fraud and abuse laws that may be broader in scope and
may apply regardless of payer. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state attorney
general actions, and investigation by agencies such as the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or the FTC.

The  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act,  implemented  by  Section  6002  of  the  ACA,  imposes  transparency  requirements  on  certain
manufacturers,  referred  to  as  “applicable  manufacturers,”  of  drugs,  devices,  biological,  or  medical  supplies  for  which  payment  is  available
under  Medicare,  Medicaid,  the  Children’s  Health  Insurance  Program  (“CHIP”),  or  a  waiver  of  a  plan  offered  under  CHIP.  Applicable
manufacturers must track and report to the CMS certain payments or “transfers of value” provided to U.S. licensed physicians and teaching
hospitals  during  the  preceding  calendar  year,  as  well  as  certain  ownership  and  investment  interests  held  by  U.S.  licensed  physicians  and
their immediate family members. CMS releases the reported data on a public website on an annual basis. Failure to report as required under
the Physician Payment Sunshine Act could subject applicable manufacturers to significant financial penalties, while tracking and reporting the
required payments and transfers of value may result in considerable administrative expense. Several states currently have similar laws, and
more states may enact similar legislation, some of which may be broader in scope. For example, certain states require the implementation of
compliance  programs,  compliance  with  industry  ethics  codes,  implementation  of  gift  bans,  and  spending  limits,  and/or  reporting  of  gifts,
compensation, and other remuneration to healthcare professionals.

We also may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct
our  business.  HIPAA,  as  amended  by  the  Health  Information  Technology  for  Economic  and  Clinical  Health  Act  (“HITECH”),  and  their
respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published by the Department of Health and Human Services Office for
Civil  Rights  (“OCR”)  in  January  2013,  restrict  the  use  and  disclosure  of  patient-identifiable  health  information,  mandate  the  adoption  of
standards relating to the privacy and security of patient-identifiable health information, and require us to report certain security breaches to
healthcare provider customers with respect to such information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate, as that term is defined,
to  that  customer.  In  addition  to  HIPAA  criminal  penalties,  HITECH  created  four  new  tiers  of  civil  and  monetary  penalties  and  gave  state
attorneys  general  new  authority  to  file  civil  actions  for  damages  or  injunctions  in  federal  courts  to  enforce  the  federal  HIPAA  privacy  and
security laws and seek attorneys' fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and
security of health information in certain circumstances and impose reporting requirements for data breaches, many of which differ from each
other and HIPAA in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The use of certain diagnostic products by our potential customers is affected by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments
(“CLIA”) and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and
reliability of clinical laboratories in the United States by mandating specific standards in the areas of personnel qualifications, administration,
and participation in proficiency testing, patient test management, quality assurance, quality control, and inspections. Current or future CLIA
requirements or the promulgation of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers, or
other customers with laboratories from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

15

Healthcare Reform

In  the  United  States  and  several  foreign  jurisdictions,  there  have  been,  and  we  expect  there  may  continue  to  be,  a  number  of
legislative  and  regulatory  changes  to  the  healthcare  system  seeking  to  reduce  healthcare  costs  that  could  affect  our  future  results  of
operations as we begin to commercialize our products.

In addition, frequently in recent years, other legislative, regulatory, and political changes aimed at regulating healthcare delivery in
general  and  clinical  laboratories  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Payment  and  reimbursement  for  the
laboratory  industry  and  hospital  and  other  healthcare  provider  services  have  been  under  significant  pressure.  In  January  2015,  the
Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services  (“HHS”)  announced  a  plan  to  shift  the  Medicare  program  and  the  healthcare  system  at  large
toward paying providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients.

Reimbursement

In  most  cases,  we  do  not  believe  that  hospitals  will  specifically  seek  reimbursement  from  the  government  or  private  insurance
companies  for  their  purchase  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  or  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit.  Instead,  we  believe  that  hospitals  will
recoup  such  costs  by  obtaining  reimbursement  from  the  government  or  private  insurance  companies  for  in-bed  occupancies,  which
traditionally includes all testing required for admitted patients.

Hospitals, clinical laboratories, and other healthcare provider customers that may purchase our products, if approved, generally bill
various third-party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of
our products. We currently expect most of our diagnostic tests will be performed in a hospital inpatient setting, where governmental payers,
such  as  Medicare,  generally  reimburse  hospitals  a  single  bundled  payment  that  is  based  on  the  patient’s  diagnosis  under  a  classification
system known as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (“MS-DRGs”) classification for all items and services provided to the patient
during a single hospitalization, regardless of whether our diagnostic tests are performed during such hospitalization.

In  2020,  the  Company  received  a  Current  Procedural  Terminology  (“CPT”)  code  for  the  rapid  diagnosis  of  patients  in  a  hospital
outpatient  setting  for  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit,  ID/AST  configuration.  In  2022,  we  received  a  second  CPT  PLA  (Proprietary
Laboratory Analyses) code for the Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit, AST configuration. While the majority of testing remains with the hospital
inpatient setting, these reimbursement codes provide opportunities to offset a portion of the cost of their testing for outpatient and observation
bed patients.

Environmental Laws

We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes, and our operations are subject to
regulation under various federal, state, local, and foreign laws concerning the environment. We believe that our operations are in material
compliance  with  applicable  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  The  costs  we  incur  in  complying  with  such  environmental  laws  and
regulations are presently not material to our operations, cash flows or financial condition. It is possible, however, that future developments,
including  changes  in  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  could  lead  to  material  compliance  costs,  and  such  costs  may  have  a  material
adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  condition.  See  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Related  to  Our  Research  and  Development
Activities-We use hazardous materials in some of our research, development and manufacturing processes and face the accompanying risks
and regulations governing environmental safety” for additional information.

Operations

In January 2013, we relocated our headquarters from Denver, Colorado, to Tucson, Arizona, where we currently lease approximately
54,092  square  feet  of  office,  manufacturing  and  laboratory  space.  Further  information  regarding  our  Tucson  facility  is  included  in  Item  2.
Properties included elsewhere in this report, and details regarding our lease arrangements are included in Item 8, Note 16, Leases to the
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

We  assemble  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  instrument  and  formulate,  fill,  and  assemble  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit  and
Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit,  AST  configuration  in  our  facilities  in  Tucson,  Arizona.  The  Accelerate  Pheno  system  requires  certain
components that are custom-fabricated to our specifications. Such

16

components include injection-molded plastic components, die-cut laminates, and machined mechanical components. We own the necessary
production  tooling  and  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  qualify  secondary  sources  as  needed  to  support  future  demand  for  the  Accelerate
Pheno system.

Raw Materials

We purchase many different types of raw materials, including plastics, glass, metals, electronic and mechanical sub-assemblies and
various biological and chemical products. We seek to ensure continuity of raw material supply by securing multiple options for sourcing and
also review relevant sources for compliance with conflict minerals requirements. Many of our components are custom-made by only a few
outside suppliers. In certain instances, we have a sole source supply for key product components of the Accelerate Pheno system. We have
entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers to help ensure component availability and flexible purchasing terms with respect to
the  purchase  of  such  components.  However,  we  are  currently  experiencing  unprecedented  cost  increases  from  many  of  our  suppliers,
primarily as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, labor and supply disruptions and increased inflation. The areas of cost increases
include raw materials, components, and value-add supplier labor. We believe that we currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno
system instruments to limit the impact of cost increases on such devices. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Strategies-
Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with their quality from
our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability” for additional information.

Human Capital Resources

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  approximately  220  full-time  employees  worldwide,  with  approximately  205  employees  in  the
United  States  and  approximately  15  employees  outside  of  the  United  States,  none  of  whom  are  represented  by  a  labor  union.  We  have
experienced no work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are good.

Our employees are one of our most important assets and set the foundation for our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, drive

operational execution, deliver strong financial performance, advance innovation and maintain our quality and compliance programs.

The success and growth of our business depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain and develop a diverse population of
talented and high-performing employees at all levels of our organization. To succeed in a competitive labor market, we have recruitment and
retention strategies that we focus on as part of the overall management of our business, including designing our compensation and benefits
programs to be competitive and align with our strategic and stockholders’ interests. Some of our key employee benefits include eligibility for
health insurance, vacation time, a retirement plan, an employee assistance program, life and disability coverage. We also offer a variety of
voluntary  benefits  that  allow  employees  to  select  the  options  that  meet  their  needs,  including  flexible  spending  accounts,  prepaid  legal
benefits, backup childcare, tuition reimbursement and a wellness program.

Available Information

We regularly file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on
Form 8-K amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. We make these reports
available free of charge in the investor relations section of our corporate website (http://ir.axdx.com/) as soon as reasonably practicable after
such  material  is  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  You  may  also  access  these  materials,  and  other  information  regarding
issuers  like  us  that  file  information  electronically  with  the  SEC,  from  the  SEC’s  internet  website  at  http://www.sec.gov.  References  to  our
corporate  website  address  in  this  report  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual  references  only,  and  none  of  the  information  contained  on  our
website is part of this report or incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, in addition to the
other information included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including our financial statements and the related notes. If any of
the  following  risks  materialize,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  growth  prospects  could  be  materially  adversely
affected, and the value of an investment in

17

our common stock may decline significantly.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have limited revenues from our products and no assurance of future revenues.

We  have  received  limited  revenue  from  sales  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit.  As  a  result,
during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we experienced losses from operations. Our future revenues are dependent on
the successful commercialization of our products and there can be no assurance that we will be successful at the levels necessary to cover
the costs of operations. If we are unsuccessful in generating sufficient revenues from our current and future products, we will likely continue
to experience losses from operations and negative cash flow.

We  have  a  history  of  losses  and  expect  to  continue  to  incur  losses  in  the  future,  and  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will

achieve or sustain profitability.

Until  we  received  FDA  approval  to  market  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  we  were  a  development-stage  company  and  therefore
incurred significant losses in prior years. While we are currently commercializing the Accelerate Pheno system and plan to commercialize the
Accelerate  Arc  system  in  2022,  we  have  incurred  significant  costs  in  connection  with  the  development  and  commercialization  of  our
technology. There is no assurance that we will achieve sufficient revenues to offset anticipated operating costs, and we expect to continue to
incur losses in the future. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability depends on numerous factors including the market acceptance of our
products, product quality, future product development and our market penetration and margins. If we are unsuccessful in generating sufficient
revenues  from  our  products,  we  will  likely  continue  to  experience  losses  from  operations  and  negative  cash  flow.  Although  we  anticipate
deriving  revenues  from  the  sale  of  our  products,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  these  products  can  be  sold  on  a  net  profit  basis.  If  we
achieve profitability, we cannot give any assurance that we will be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the
future.

Our future profitability and continued existence are dependent in large part upon the successful commercialization of the
Accelerate Pheno system and further development and commercialization of associated test kits, the Accelerate Arc system and
future products.

Our principal business strategy involves the successful commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system and further development
and commercialization of associated test kits, the Accelerate Arc module and BC kit and future products, including our next generation AST
instrument platform. On June 30, 2015, we declared our conformity to the European In Vitro Diagnostic Directive 98/79/ EC and applied a CE
Mark  to  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit  for  in  vitro  diagnostic  use.  On  February  23,  2017,  the  FDA
granted  our  de  novo  request  to  market  our  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit.  We  have  and  will  continue  to
dedicate a significant amount of resources to market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system. Likewise, we plan to continue our investment in
the development of additional test kits and the commercialization of the Accelerate Pheno system in the United States and other jurisdictions
in  which  we  intend  to  pursue  marketing  authorization.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  successfully  commercialize  the  Accelerate
Pheno  system,  any  associated  test  kits,  including  the  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  kit,  or  further  develop  and  commercialize  complimentary
products such as PhenoTest BC Kit, AST configuration, the Accelerate Arc system, including the Accelerate Arc BC kit, and future products.

Any failure to do so could lead to an impairment of certain of our intellectual property, inventory, property and equipment, and may
result  in  our  ceasing  operations.  We  may  also  be  required  to  expend  significantly  more  resources  than  planned  in  this  process  and,  as  a
result, we may have to cease investing in the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system or developing other products.

Additionally,  our  efforts  to  educate  hospitals  on  the  benefits  of  our  products  require  significant  resources,  and  we  may  experience
reluctance from hospitals to purchase our products. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products, we may never receive a return on
the  significant  investments  in  product  development,  sales  and  marketing,  regulatory  compliance,  manufacturing  and  quality  assurance  we
have  made,  and  on  further  investments  we  intend  to  make,  and  may  fail  to  generate  revenue  and  gain  economies  of  scale  from  such
investments.

18

Furthermore,  the  potential  market  for  our  products  may  not  expand  as  we  anticipate  or  may  even  decline  based  on  numerous
factors, including the introduction of superior alternative products. For example, the market for our products has been adversely affected by
the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy—The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and is expected to continue
to have, a significant adverse impact on our commercial operations and also exposes our business to other risks” for additional information. If
we are unable to adequately expand the market for our products, this failure would have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute on
our business plan and ability to generate revenue.

Our future product candidates have not obtained marketing authorization from the FDA, and they may never obtain such

marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance.

Our success in part depends on our ability to obtain additional product marketing authorizations from the FDA for product candidates
in our pipeline, including our next generation Pheno system. If our attempts to obtain marketing authorization or other regulatory clearance
are unsuccessful, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to sustain and grow our business. Our future product candidates may not
be sufficiently sensitive or specific to obtain, or may prove to have other characteristics that preclude our obtaining, marketing authorization
from  the  FDA  or  regulatory  clearance.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearance  is  expensive  and  time-consuming  and  can  vary
substantially  based  upon,  among  other  things,  the  type,  complexity  and  novelty  of  our  product  candidates.  Changes  in  regulatory  policy,
changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application may
cause  delays  in  the  clearance  of,  or  receipt  of  marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA  for,  a  product  candidate  or  rejection  of  a  regulatory
application  altogether.  The  FDA  has  substantial  discretion  in  the  de  novo  review  and  clearance  processes  and  may  refuse  to  accept  any
application or may decide that our data is insufficient for clearance and require additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies. In addition,
varying interpretations of the data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing authorization from the
FDA or regulatory clearance of a product candidate. Any marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance we ultimately obtain
may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-market commitments that render the product candidate not commercially viable.

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of

our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

From  time  to  time,  we  estimate  the  timing  of  the  accomplishment  of  various  scientific,  clinical,  regulatory  and  other  product
development  goals.  These  goals  may  include  the  commencement  or  completion  of  clinical  trials  and  the  submission  of  regulatory  filings.
From time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these goals. All of these goals are, and will be, based on a
variety of assumptions. The actual timing of these goals can vary significantly compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond
our  control.  We  may  experience  numerous  unforeseen  events  that  could  delay  or  prevent  our  ability  to  receive  marketing  approval  or
commercialize our product candidates, including the uncertainties and risks set forth in this Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC. If
we do not meet our goals as publicly announced, the commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed and, as a result, our stock
price may decline.

We may not be able to enhance the capabilities of our current and new products to keep pace with our industry’s rapidly

changing technology and customer requirements.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and evolving
industry standards. Our future success will depend significantly on our ability to enhance our current products and develop or acquire and
market  new  products  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments  and  evolving  industry  standards  as  well  as  respond  to  changes  in
customer needs. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than
the  products  and  systems  that  we  plan  to  sell.  It  is  critical  to  our  success  that  we  anticipate  changes  in  technology  and  customer
requirements  and  physician,  hospital  and  healthcare  provider  practices  and  successfully  introduce  new,  enhanced  and  competitive
technologies to meet our prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully
manage our introduction of new products. If potential customers believe that such new products will offer enhanced features or be sold for a
more attractive price, they may delay purchases of existing products until such new products are available.

Further, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing or acquiring product enhancements or new products to
address changing technologies and customer requirements adequately, that we can introduce such products on a timely basis or that any
such products or enhancements will be successful in the

19

marketplace.  If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  develop  or  acquire  new  products  or  if  the  market  does  not  accept  our  products,  or  if  we
experience  difficulties  or  delays  in  the  final  development  and  commercialization  of  our  products,  we  may  be  unable  to  attract  additional
customers for our products or strategic partners to license our products.

The failure of our current or any future diagnostic products to perform as expected could significantly impair our reputation

and the public image of our products, and we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors.

Our success will depend on the market’s confidence that our technologies can provide reliable, high-quality diagnostic results. We
believe  that  our  customers  are  likely  to  be  particularly  sensitive  to  any  defects  or  errors  in  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  As  is  typical  of
complex diagnostic systems we occasionally experience support issues or other performance problems with the Accelerate Pheno system.
We  have  also  experienced  customer  returns  of  our  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  some  of  which  related  to  quality  issues.  We  could  face
warranty and liability claims against us and our reputation could suffer as a result of such failures. We cannot assure you that our product
liability  insurance  would  adequately  protect  our  assets  from  the  financial  impact  of  defending  a  product  liability  claim.  Any  product  liability
claim  brought  against  us,  with  or  without  merit,  could  increase  our  product  liability  insurance  rates  or  prevent  us  from  securing  insurance
coverage  in  the  future.  In  addition,  the  FDA  and  similar  foreign  governmental  authorities  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of
commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product
poses  an  unacceptable  risk  to  health.  A  recall,  material  liability  claim  or  other  occurrence  that  harms  our  reputation  or  decreases  market
acceptance  of  our  products  could  cause  us  to  incur  significant  costs,  divert  the  attention  of  our  key  personnel  or  cause  other  significant
customer relations problems.

In the past, we have experienced disappointing or negative publication results regarding the efficacy of our products. Such negative

publicity could diminish our reputation and future sales of our products, which could have a material impact on our financial performance.

If treatment guidelines for bacterial infections change, or the standard of care evolves, we may need to redesign and seek

new marketing authorization from the FDA for our product candidates.

If  treatment  guidelines  for  bacterial  infections  change,  or  the  standard  of  care  evolves,  we  may  need  to  redesign  and  seek  new
marketing  authorization  from  the  FDA  or  other  regulatory  clearance  for  our  product  candidates.  If  treatment  guidelines  change  so  that
different treatments become desirable, the Accelerate Pheno system may no longer provide the information sought by physicians, and we
could be required to seek marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for a revised product.

We may not be able to correctly estimate or control our future operating expenses, which could lead to cash shortfalls.

Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which may be outside of

our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•

the  expenses  we  incur  for  research  and  development  required  to  maintain  and  improve  our  technology,  including  the  continuing
development of the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system, and development costs for new products;
the  expenses  we  incur  in  connection  with  the  development,  marketing  authorization  and  regulatory  clearance  of  the  use  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system to test on additional specimen types, as well as in connection with the development of new products;
the  costs  of  preparing,  filing,  prosecuting,  defending  and  enforcing  patent  claims  and  other  intellectual  property  related  costs,
including litigation costs and the results of such litigation;
the expenses we incur in connection with commercialization activities, including product marketing, sales and distribution expenses;
the costs incurred to build manufacturing capabilities;
the expenses to implement our sales strategy;
the costs to attract and retain personnel with the skills required for effective operations; and
the costs associated with being a public company.

Our budgeted expense levels are based in part on our expectations concerning future revenues from sales of the Accelerate Pheno
system, the Accelerate Arc system, as well as our assessment of the future investments needed to expand our commercial organization and
support research and development activities in connection with

20

the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  the  Accelerate  Arc  system  and  future  products.  We  may  be  unable  to  reduce  our  expenditures  in  a  timely
manner  to  compensate  for  any  unexpected  events  or  a  shortfall  in  revenue.  Accordingly,  a  shortfall  in  demand  for  our  products  or  other
unexpected events could have an immediate and material impact on our cash levels.

Breaches  of  our  information  technology  systems  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations  and  potentially

result in liability, depending on the type of breach and information compromised.

We rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, which may include protected health
information,  in  our  day-to-day  operations.  In  addition,  our  research  and  development  operations  are  highly  dependent  on  our  information
technology and storage. Our products also include software and data components. Our information technology systems have been subjected
to computer viruses or other malicious codes and phishing attacks, and we expect to be subject to similar viruses and codes in the future.
Attacks on our information technology systems or products could result in our intellectual property, unsecured protected health information,
and  other  confidential  information  being  lost  or  stolen,  including  the  disclosure  of  our  trade  secrets,  disruption  of  our  operations,  loss  of
valuable  research  and  development  data,  the  need  to  notify  individuals  whose  information  was  disclosed,  increased  costs  for  security
measures  or  remediation  costs  and  diversion  of  management  attention  and  other  negative  consequences.  While  we  will  continue  to
implement protective measures to reduce the risk of and detect future cyber incidents, cyber-attacks are becoming more sophisticated and
frequent,  and  the  techniques  used  in  such  attacks  change  rapidly.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  protective  measures  will  prevent
future attacks that could have a significant impact on our business. There also can be no assurance that our cyber insurance will be sufficient
to cover the total loss or damage caused by a cyber-attack. In addition, the costs of responding to and recovering from such incidents may
not be covered by insurance.

Failure to comply with a variety of U.S. and international privacy laws to which we are subject could harm the Company.

Any failure by us or our vendor or other business partners to comply with federal, state or international privacy, data protection or
security laws or regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of personally identifiable information could result in
regulatory  or  litigation-related  actions  against  us,  legal  liability,  fines,  damages,  ongoing  audit  requirements  and  other  significant  costs.  A
significant data privacy regulation is the General Data Protection Regulation which applies to the processing of personal information collected
from  individuals  located  in  the  European  Union,  and  has  created  new  compliance  obligations  and  has  significantly  increased  fines  for
noncompliance. Substantial expenses and operational changes may be required in connection with maintaining compliance with such laws,
and in particular certain emerging privacy laws are still subject to a high degree of uncertainty as to their interpretation and application.

We  are  dependent  on  our  key  employees.  If  we  are  unable  to  recruit,  train  and  retain  qualified  personnel,  we  may  not

achieve our goals.

Because  of  the  complex  and  technical  nature  of  our  products  and  the  dynamic  market  in  which  we  compete,  our  future  success
depends on our ability to recruit, train and retain key personnel, including our senior management, research and development, science and
engineering,  manufacturing  and  sales  and  marketing  personnel.  In  particular,  we  are  highly  dependent  on  the  management  and  business
expertise of Jack Phillips, our President and Chief Executive Officer. We do not maintain key person life insurance for Mr. Phillips or any of
our employees. Our industry is very competitive for qualified personnel. To the extent that the services of Mr. Phillips would be unavailable to
us,  we  may  be  unable  to  employ  another  qualified  person  with  the  appropriate  background  and  expertise  to  replace  Mr.  Phillips  on  terms
suitable to us. Our growth depends, in particular, on attracting, retaining and motivating highly trained sales personnel with the necessary
scientific  background  and  ability  to  understand  our  systems  and  pathogens  at  a  technical  level.  In  addition,  we  may  need  additional
employees at our manufacturing facilities to meet demand for our products as we scale up our sales and marketing operations. Like many
companies, we have experienced an increased level of employee attrition, which is largely attributable to dislocations caused by the COVID-
19 pandemic. We  have  various  programs  designed  to  improve  employee  retention,  but  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  not  continue  to
experience elevated employee attrition levels, which could negatively impact our ability to develop, implement, support and sell our products.

21

Our  industry  is  highly  competitive,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  competing  with  our  competitors.  We  currently  face
competition from new and established competitors and expect to face competition from others in the future, including those with
new products, technologies or techniques.

The  industry  in  which  we  compete  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  changes,  and  we  face  and  expect  to  continue  to  face  strong
competition for our products. Many of our competitors and potential competitors may have substantially greater research and development,
financial, manufacturing, customer support, sales and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name
recognition and more established relationships in the industry than we do. In addition, some of our competitors may, individually or together
with companies affiliated with them, have greater human and scientific resources than we do.

Our  competitors  could  develop  new  products  or  technologies  that  are  more  effective  than  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system,  the
Accelerate  Arc  system  and  any  of  our  other  products  or  product  candidates.  Additionally,  we  expect  to  face  further  competitive  pressure
resulting  from  the  emergence  of  new  ID  or  AST  techniques  or  tests.  For  example,  we  are  aware  that  some  hospitals  have  begun  using
manual methods created through laboratory developed tests, which have been validated for internal hospital-specific use to deliver ID and
AST results. Any of these newly developed products, technologies, and techniques may offer a better combination of price and performance
than our products and systems. Our failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and
operating results.

We  generate  a  portion  of  our  future  revenue  internationally  and  are  subject  to  various  risks  relating  to  our  international

activities which could adversely affect our operating results.

We market and sell the Accelerate Pheno system in other countries outside of the United States. In order to market our products in
certain  foreign  jurisdictions,  we,  or  our  distributors  or  partners,  must  obtain  separate  regulatory  approvals  and  comply  with  numerous  and
varying regulatory requirements regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical studies and commercial sales and
distribution of our products. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. In addition, in many countries
outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We
may  not  obtain  approvals  from  regulatory  authorities  outside  the  United  States  on  a  timely  basis,  if  at  all,  which  could  harm  our  ability  to
expand  into  markets  outside  the  United  States.  In  addition,  engaging  in  international  business  involves  a  number  of  other  difficulties  and
risks, including:

•

•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

required  compliance  with  existing  and  changing  foreign  healthcare  and  other  regulatory  requirements  and  laws,  such  as  those
relating to patient privacy or handling of bio-hazardous waste;
required  compliance  with  anti-bribery  laws,  such  as  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act,  data  privacy
requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;
export and import restrictions;
various reimbursement and insurance regimes;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
political,  economic  and  social  instability,  including  instability  resulting  from  the  recent  war  Russian  invasion  of  Ukraine,  as  well  as
continued and any new sanctions against Russia;
potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;
foreign exchange controls;
fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and
impediments with protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

In particular, further escalation or expansion of the recent military conflict between Russia and Ukraine could impact our European
business  operations,  including  disrupting  our  sales  channels  and  marketing  activities,  as  well  as  negatively  impacting  the  demand  for  our
products.

In addition, changes in policies and/or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other changes, higher
taxation,  tariffs  or  similar  protectionist  laws,  currency  conversion  limitations,  limitations  on  business  operations,  or  the  nationalization  of
private enterprises could reduce the anticipated benefits of international operations and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
expand internationally.

22

Our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,  consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other

agents may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with legal standards and requirements.

We  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  fraud  or  other  misconduct  by  our  employees,  independent  contractors,  principal  investigators,
consultants,  commercial  partners,  vendors  and  other  agents.  Misconduct  by  these  parties  could  include  intentional,  reckless  or  negligent
failures to: (i) comply with the laws and regulations of the FDA, CMS, the HHS Office of Inspector General, Office for Civil Rights and other
similar  foreign  regulatory  bodies;  (ii)  provide  true,  complete  and  accurate  information  to  the  FDA  and  other  similar  regulatory  bodies;  (iii)
comply with manufacturing requirements of the FDA and other similar regulatory bodies and manufacturing standards we have established;
(iv) comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or (v)
report  financial  information  or  data  accurately,  or  disclose  unauthorized  activities  to  us.  These  laws  may  impact,  among  other  things,  our
activities  with  principal  investigators  and  research  subjects,  as  well  as  our  sales,  marketing  and  education  programs.  In  particular,  the
promotion, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to
prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing, unauthorized use of protected health information and data breaches, and other abusive
practices.  These  laws  may  restrict  or  prohibit  a  wide  range  of  activities  related  to  pricing,  discounting,  marketing  and  promotion,  patient
support, royalty, consulting, research and other business arrangements, as well as the improper use of patient information obtained in the
course of clinical studies. We currently have a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees and foreign distributors, but it is not always
possible to identify and deter employee and/or commercial partner misconduct, and our code of conduct and the other precautions we take to
detect  and  prevent  this  activity  may  not  be  effective  in  controlling  unknown  or  unmanaged  risks  or  losses,  or  in  protecting  us  from
governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions
are  instituted  against  us,  and  we  are  not  successful  in  defending  ourselves  or  asserting  our  rights,  those  actions  could  have  a  significant
impact  on  our  business,  including  the  imposition  of  civil,  criminal  and  administrative  penalties,  damages,  monetary  fines,  disgorgement,
individual  imprisonment,  corporate  integrity  agreements,  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  Medicare,  Medicaid  and  other  federal
healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations. Any
of these actions or investigations could result in substantial costs to us, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management from
operating our business.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in

which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market  opportunity  estimates  and  growth  forecasts  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty  and  are  based  on  assumptions  and
estimates that may not prove to be accurate. Any estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to the size and expected growth of our
market,  total  available  market,  estimated  test  and  placement  volume  and  estimated  pricing,  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate,  which  may  have
negative consequences, such as overestimation of our potential market opportunity. Even if the market in which we compete meets our size
estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

We are exposed to risks associated with long-lived assets that may become impaired and result in an impairment charge.

The  carrying  amounts  of  long-lived  assets  are  affected  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying
amount of any asset may not be recoverable. Property and equipment includes Accelerate Pheno systems (also referred to as instruments)
used for sales demonstrations, instruments under rental agreements and instruments used for research and development.

Adverse  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  may  affect  the  estimated  discounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  derived  from
long-lived assets. If at any time we determine that an impairment has occurred, we will be required to reflect the impaired value as a charge,
resulting in a reduction in earnings, such impairment is identified and a corresponding reduction in our net asset value. In the future we may
incur, impairment charges. A material reduction in earnings resulting from such a charge could cause us to fail to meet the expectations of
investors and securities analysts, which could cause the price of our stock to decline.

23

Providing instrument systems to our customers through reagent rental agreements may harm our liquidity.

Many of our systems are provided to customers via “reagent rental” agreements, under which customers are generally afforded the
right to use the instrument in return for a commitment to purchase minimum quantities of reagents and test cartridges over a period of time.
Accordingly,  we  must  either  incur  the  expense  of  manufacturing  instruments  well  in  advance  of  receiving  sufficient  revenues  from  test
cartridges to recover our expenses or obtain third party financing sources for the purchase of our instrument. The amount of capital required
to provide instrument systems to customers depends on the number of systems placed. Our ability to generate capital to cover these costs
depends on the amount of our revenues from sales of reagents and test cartridges sold through our reagent rental agreements. We do not
currently  sell  enough  reagents  and  test  cartridges  to  recover  all  of  our  fixed  expenses,  and  therefore  we  currently  have  a  net  loss.  If  we
cannot sell a sufficient number of reagents and test cartridges to offset our fixed expenses, our liquidity will continue to be adversely affected.

If we fail to estimate customer demand properly, our financial results could be harmed.

Our products are manufactured based on estimates of customers’ future demand and our manufacturing lead times are very long.
This could lead to a significant mismatch between supply and demand, giving rise to product shortages or excess inventory, and make our
demand forecast more uncertain. In response to changing market conditions and the changing demand for our products could impact our
financial  results.  In  order  to  have  shorter  shipment  lead  times  and  quicker  delivery  schedules  for  our  customers,  we  may  and  have  built
inventory  for  anticipated  periods  of  growth  which  do  not  occur,  may  build  inventory  anticipating  demand  that  does  not  materialize,  or  may
build  inventory  to  serve  what  we  believe  is  pent-up  demand.  In  periods  with  limited  availability  of  capacity  and  components  in  our  supply
chain,  we  may  and  have  placed  inventory  orders  significantly  in  advance  of  our  normal  lead  times,  which  could  negatively  impact  our
financial results. Additionally, consumer behavior during the COVID-19 pandemic, has made it more difficult for us to estimate future demand,
and  these  challenges  may  be  more  pronounced  in  the  future  if  and  when  the  effects  of  the  pandemic  subside.  In  estimating  demand,  we
make multiple assumptions, any of which may and have been incorrect. If we are unable to accurately anticipate demand for our products,
our business and financial results could be adversely impacted. Situations that may result in excess or obsolete inventory include:
changes in business and economic conditions, including downturns in our target markets and/or overall economy;
changes in consumer confidence caused by changes in market conditions, including changes in the credit market;
a sudden and significant decrease in demand for our products;
a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology or customer requirements;
our introduction of new products resulting in lower demand for older products;
less demand than expected for newly-introduced products; or
increased competition, including competitive pricing actions.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

The cancellation or deferral of customer purchase orders could result in our holding excess inventory, which could adversely affect
our gross margins. In addition, because we often sell a substantial portion of our products in the last month of each quarter, we may not be
able to reduce our inventory purchases in a timely manner in response to customer cancellations or deferrals. We could be required to write-
down our inventory to the lower of cost or net realizable value, and we could experience a reduction in average selling prices if we incorrectly
forecast product demand, any of which could harm our financial results.

Conversely, if we underestimate our customers’ demand for our products, our partners may not have adequate lead-time or capacity
to increase production and we may not be able to obtain sufficient inventory to fill customers’ orders on a timely basis. We may also face
supply  constraints  caused  by  natural  disasters  or  other  events.  In  such  cases,  even  if  we  are  able  to  increase  production  levels  to  meet
customer demand, we may not be able to do so in a cost-effective or timely manner. If we fail to fulfill our customers’ orders on a timely basis,
or at all, our customer relationships could be damaged, we could lose revenue and market share and our reputation could be damaged.

24

The  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  has  had,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  have,  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our

commercial operations and also exposes our business to other risks.

In  late  2019,  a  novel  strain  of  coronavirus  (COVID-19)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  spread  globally.  In
March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic.  The  COVID-19  outbreak  resulted  in  government
authorities around the world implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions,
quarantines, shelter-in-place, stay-at-home or total lock-down (or similar) orders and business limitations and shutdowns. More recently, the
emergence and spread of COVID-19 variants, such as the Delta and Omicron variants, that are significantly more contagious than previous
strains have led many government authorities and businesses to reimplement prior restrictions in an effort to lessen the spread of COVID-19
and its variants.

The COVID-19 pandemic, containment measures, and downstream impacts to hospital staffing and financial stability have caused,
and are continuing to cause, business slowdowns or shutdowns in affected areas, both regionally and worldwide, as well as disruptions to
global supply chains and workforce participation. These effects have significantly impacted our business and results of operations, starting in
the  first  quarter  of  2020  and  continuing  through  2021.  For  example,  we  have  experienced  diminished  access  to  our  customers,  including
hospitals, which has severely limited our ability to sell and, to a lesser degree, implement previously contracted Accelerate Pheno systems.
More recently, hospital turnover resulting from burnout and vaccine mandates have further diverted the attention of hospital decision makers.
In  addition,  in  certain  months  with  high  rates  of  COVID-19  hospitalization,  our  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kit  orders  declined  as  many
hospitals curtailed elective surgeries to respond to COVID-19. The emergence of COVID-19 variants, vaccine hesitancy and the prevalence
of  breakthrough  cases  of  infection  among  fully  vaccinated  people  adds  additional  uncertainty  regarding  our  access  to  customers  and
prospects,  demand  for  our  products,  and  ability  to  implement  our  products.  See  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—COVID-19  and  Supply  Chain  Constraints  Update”  in  Part  II,  Item  7  of  this  Form  10-K  for  additional
information.

In  addition  to  the  negative  impact  on  new  sales  and  implementations  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system  and  demand  for  our
consumable test kits, our business, operations, and workforce have been and may be further impacted in several ways, including, but not
limited to, the following:

•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

•

•
•

delays in product development or reductions in manufacturing production as a result of inventory and supply chain shortages;
increased supplier costs caused by ongoing shortages and inflation in materials used in our products;
interruptions, availability or delays in global shipping to transport our products;
regulatory approval delays due to regulators reviewing a large volume of COVID-19 related medical devices and drugs;
delays  in  obtaining  grants  to  assist  our  product  development  efforts  because  granting  agencies  are  primarily  focused  on  research
and development activities directly related to COVID-19;
increased regulatory restrictions or continued market volatility could hinder our ability to execute strategic business activities, as well
as negatively impact our stock price;
significant disruption of global financial markets, which could cause fluctuations in currency exchange rates or negatively impact our
ability to access capital markets;
inability to access capital markets on terms that are not significantly detrimental to our business because our revenue growth rate
has slowed due to our inability to sell and implement the Accelerate Pheno system as forecasted prior to the pandemic at a stage in
our maturation when we are cash flow negative and have significant indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes;
negative impact on our workforce productivity, product development, and research and development due to difficulties resulting from
our personnel working remotely;
increased employee attrition caused by employees seeking permanent remote positions or other pandemic related reasons; and
illnesses to key employees, or a significant portion of our workforce, which may result in inefficiencies, delays, and disruptions in our
business.

25

Any of these developments may adversely affect our business, harm our reputation, or result in legal or regulatory actions against us.

Further,  the  spread  of  COVID-19  has  caused  us  to  modify  our  business  practices  (including  employee  travel,  employee  work
locations,  and  cancellation  of  physical  participation  in  meetings,  events  and  conferences),  and  we  may  take  further  actions  as  may  be
required by government authorities or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees, customers, suppliers, business partners
and  others.  There  is  no  certainty  that  such  measures  will  be  sufficient  to  mitigate  the  risks  posed  by  the  virus,  and  our  ability  to  perform
critical functions could be harmed.

The potential effects of COVID-19 also may impact many of our other risk factors discussed herein. The degree to which COVID-19
ultimately impacts our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial position will depend on future developments, which are highly
uncertain,  continuously  evolving  and  cannot  be  predicted,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  duration  and  spread  of  the  pandemic  and  its
severity; the emergence and severity of its variants; the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, such as the availability and efficacy of
vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of the virus) and potential hesitancy to use them; the financial impact of COVID-19 on
hospitals,  including  to  their  budget  priorities;  hospital  staffing  issues;  general  economic  factors,  such  as  increased  inflation;  global  supply
chain constraints and the related increase in costs; labor supply issues; and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating
conditions can resume.

Disruptions in the supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with

their quality from our single source suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability.

We  must  manufacture  or  engage  third  parties  to  manufacture  components  of  our  products  in  sufficient  quantities  and  on  a  timely
basis, while maintaining product quality, acceptable manufacturing costs and complying with regulatory requirements. Our components are
custom-made  by  only  a  few  outside  suppliers.  In  certain  instances,  we  have  a  sole  source  supply  for  key  product  components  of  the
Accelerate Pheno system. We may be unable to satisfy our forecast demand from existing suppliers for our products, or we may be unable to
find alternative suppliers for key product components or ancillary items at reasonably comparable prices. If this occurs, we may be unable to
manufacture our products and/or meet our customers’ needs in a timely manner or at all.

Additionally, we have entered into supply agreements with most of our suppliers to help ensure component availability and flexible
purchasing terms with respect to the purchase of such components. If our suppliers discontinue production of a key component for one or
more of our products, we may be unable to identify or secure a viable alternative on reasonable terms, or at all, which could limit our ability to
manufacture our products. While we may be able to modify our product candidates to utilize a new source of components, we may need to
secure marketing authorization from the FDA or other regulatory clearance for the modified product, and it could take considerable time and
expense to perform the requisite tasks prior to seeking such authorization.

In determining the required quantities of our products and our manufacturing schedule, we will need to make significant judgments
and  estimates  regarding  factors  such  as  market  trends  and  any  seasonality  with  respect  to  our  sales.  Because  of  the  inherent  nature  of
estimates, there could be significant differences between our estimates and the actual amounts of products that we require. This can result in
shortages if we fail to anticipate demand, or excess inventory and write-offs if we order more than we need.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risk to which we would not be subject if we manufactured these components ourselves,

including:
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

26

reliance on third parties for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;
possible breaches of manufacturing agreements by the third parties because of factors beyond our control;
possible regulatory violations or manufacturing problems experienced by our suppliers;
possible  termination  or  non-renewal  of  agreements  by  third  parties,  based  on  their  own  business  priorities,  at  times  that  are
costly or inconvenient for us;
the potential obsolescence and/or inability of our suppliers to obtain required components;
the potential delays and expenses of seeking alternate sources of supply or manufacturing services;
the inability to qualify alternate sources without impacting performance claims of our products;
reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery due to the difficulties in switching to alternate

suppliers or assemblers; and
increases in prices of raw materials and key components.

•

For example, we are currently experiencing unprecedented cost increases from many of our suppliers, primarily as a result of the
ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  labor  and  supply  disruptions  and  increased  inflation.  The  areas  of  cost  increases  include  raw  materials,
components, and value-add supplier labor. We currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno system instruments to limit the impact
of cost increases on such devices. However, we are being impacted by cost increases to components and raw materials necessary for the
production of our consumable test kits. Our kits require these components and raw materials, and many of our supply contracts permit the
supplier to pass on certain inflation increases to us. Moreover, our ability to pass on cost increases to our consumable test kit customers is
limited by long-term contractual price commitments. Prolonged elevated supply costs and further cost increases may further impact our cost
to manufacture our Accelerate Pheno system instruments. The supply cost increases we are experiencing and may experience in the future
may materially reduce our gross profit margins, thereby negatively impact our overall financial results.

The manufacturing operations for our products use highly technical processes involving unique, proprietary techniques. In addition,
the manufacturing equipment we use would be costly to repair or replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. Any
interruption  in  our  operations  or  decrease  in  the  production  capacity  of  our  manufacturing  facility  or  the  facilities  of  any  of  our  suppliers
because  of  equipment  failure,  natural  disasters  such  as  earthquakes,  tornadoes  and  fires,  or  otherwise,  would  limit  our  ability  to  meet
customer demand for our products. In the event of a disruption, we may lose customers and we may be unable to regain those customers
thereafter. Our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable
terms, or at all.

Risks related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to effectively protect our intellectual property, our business would be harmed.

In  addition  to  patent  protection,  we  rely  on  trademark,  copyright,  trade  secret  protection  and  confidentiality  agreements  to  protect
intellectual property rights related to our proprietary technologies, both in the United States and in other countries. If  we  fail  to  protect  our
intellectual  property,  third  parties  may  be  able  to  compete  more  effectively  against  us  and  we  may  incur  substantial  litigation  costs  in  our
attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property. We own 24 issued U.S. patents and eight pending U.S. patent applications,
including provisional and non-provisional filings. We also own 30 non-U.S. patents and have four pending applications. We own 41 registered
marks in the United States and foreign countries. In addition to our patents and trademarks, we possess an array of unpatented proprietary
technology and know-how, and we license intellectual property rights to and from third parties. The strength of patents in our field involves
complex legal and scientific questions. In addition, patent law continuously evolves and might change the legal framework under which our
patent claims would be interpreted and adjudicated in the future. Uncertainty created by these questions and potential legal changes means
that our patents may provide only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive
advantage.  In  addition,  competitors  could  purchase  our  products  and  attempt  by  reverse  engineering  to  replicate  some  or  all  of  the
competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected
technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of the protections provided by our intellectual property rights. If our
intellectual property, including licensed intellectual property, does not adequately protect our market position against competitors’ products
and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

Further, if we are unable to prevent unauthorized disclosure of our non-patented intellectual property, and there is no guarantee that
we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage. In addition,
the  laws  of  some  foreign  countries  do  not  protect  proprietary  rights  to  the  same  extent  or  in  the  same  manner  as  the  laws  of  the  United
States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and
abroad.

27

We  may  not  be  successful  in  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications,  and  even  if  such  applications  are

successful, we cannot guarantee that the resulting patents will sufficiently protect our products and proprietary technology.

We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  of  our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications  will  result  in  issued  patents  with  claims  that
adequately cover our products and technologies in the United States or in other foreign countries, and we cannot predict how long it will take
for such patents to be issued. Further, issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship or scope, and there is no guarantee that
our  issued  patents  will  include  claims  that  are  sufficiently  broad  to  cover  our  technologies  or  to  provide  meaningful  protection  from  our
competitors.  Further,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  all  relevant  prior  art  relating  to  our  patents  and  patent  applications  has  been  identified.
Accordingly, there may be prior art that can invalidate our issued patents or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application,
or will preclude our ability to obtain patent claims that have a scope broad enough to provide meaningful protection from our competitors.

Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our products and technologies, we cannot assure you that other
parties will not challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents in the United States and in foreign countries, including by
proceedings such as reexamination, inter-partes review, interference, opposition, or other patent office or court proceedings. The strength of
patents in our field involves complex legal and scientific questions. Moreover, we cannot assure you that if such patents were challenged in
court or before a regulatory agency that the patent claims will be held valid, enforceable, to be sufficiently broad to cover our technologies or
to provide meaningful protection from our competitors. Nor can we assure you that the court or agency will uphold our ownership rights in
such  patents.  Accordingly,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  be  successful  in  defending  challenges  made  against  our  patents  and  patent
applications. Any successful third-party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, or narrowing
of  claim  scope,  such  that  we  could  be  deprived  of  patent  protection  necessary  for  the  successful  commercialization  of  our  products  and
technologies, which could adversely affect our business. To this end, we note that one of our issued European Patents, EP No. 1831692, is
the subject of an Opposition proceeding within the European Patent Office. The Opposition, filed by our competitor bioMerieux, alleges that,
inter alia, this issued patent claims subject matter that lacks novelty and inventive step in view of the state of the art at the time of filing. We
disagree with bioMerieux’s contentions, and have defended our patent as properly issued by the European Patent Office. Should we fail in
our defense against bioMerieux’s allegations, the opposed patent potentially could be revoked, the claims may be amended such that they
no longer cover aspects of our commercialized products, or any such amended claims potentially could be designed around by competitors.

Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our inventions, provide
exclusivity for our products and technologies or prevent others from designing around our claims. Others may independently develop similar
or  alternative  products  and  technologies  or  duplicate  any  of  our  products  and  technologies.  These  products  and  technologies  may  not  be
covered by claims of issued patents for which we are the right holder. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition
from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

Further,  if  we  encounter  delays  in  regulatory  approvals,  the  period  of  time  during  which  we  could  market  a  product  under  patent
protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after
filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions covered by our pending patent
applications, or that we were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such
patent applications, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by a third party to determine who was the first to invent
any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States,
the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and
the protection it affords, is limited.

We  may  become  involved  in  lawsuits  to  protect  or  enforce  our  patents  or  other  intellectual  property,  which  could  be

expensive and time consuming.

Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property, including our existing patents and patent claims that may be
allowed in the future. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. Further,
we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect
those rights as fully as in the United States.

28

If  we  file  an  infringement  action  against  a  third  party,  that  party  may  challenge  the  scope,  validity  or  enforceability  of  our  patents,
requiring  us  to  engage  in  complex,  lengthy  and  costly  litigation  or  other  proceedings.  Such  litigation  and  administrative  proceedings  could
result in revocation of our patents or amendment of our patent claims such that they no longer cover our product candidates. They may also
put  our  pending  patent  applications  at  risk  of  not  issuing  or  issuing  with  limited  and  potentially  inadequate  scope  to  cover  our  product
candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

Enforcing our intellectual property rights through litigation is very expensive and time-consuming. Some of our competitors may be
able  to  sustain  the  costs  of  litigation  more  effectively  than  we  can  because  of  greater  financial  resources.  Patent  litigation  and  other
proceedings  may  also  absorb  significant  management  time  and  reduce  employee  productivity.  Furthermore,  because  of  the  substantial
amount of discovery required in connection with U.S. intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of
our  confidential  information  could  be  compromised  by  disclosure.  The  occurrence  of  any  of  the  foregoing  could  have  a  material  adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We could face claims that our proprietary technologies infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.

Due to the significant number of U.S. and foreign patents issued to, and other intellectual property rights owned by, entities operating
in the industry in which we operate, we believe that there is a risk of litigation arising from allegations of infringement of these patents and
other rights. Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us or our licensees.

In addition, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after the
earliest filing date for which a benefit is claimed. For this reason, and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual
discoveries, despite our best efforts we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our issued
patents or our pending applications or that we were the first to invent the technology. Another party may have filed or may in the future file
patent  applications  covering  our  products  or  technology  similar  to  ours.  If  another  party  has  filed  a  U.S.  patent  application  on  inventions
similar  to  ours,  we  may  have  to  participate  in  an  interference  proceeding  declared  by  the  U.S.  Patent  and  Trademark  Office  to  determine
priority of invention in the United States. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be
unsuccessful if the other party had independently arrived at the same or similar invention prior to our own invention, resulting in a loss of our
U.S. patent position with respect to such inventions.

We  may  have  to  pay  substantial  damages,  including  treble  damages,  for  past  infringement  if  it  is  ultimately  determined  that  our
products  infringe  on  a  third  party’s  proprietary  rights.  In  addition,  even  if  such  claims  are  without  merit,  defending  a  lawsuit  may  result  in
substantial expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. We may also be subject to significant damages
or injunctions against development and sale of some of our products. Furthermore, claims of intellectual property infringement may require us
to enter into royalty or license agreements with third parties, and we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on commercially
acceptable terms, if at all.

We  may  be  subject  to  claims  by  third  parties  asserting  that  our  employees  or  we  have  misappropriated  their  intellectual

property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our
competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of
others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including
trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these
claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual
property  in  the  performance  of  their  work  to  execute  agreements  assigning  such  intellectual  property  to  us,  we  may  be  unsuccessful  in
executing  an  enforceable  agreement  with  each  party  who  in  fact  develops  intellectual  property  that  we  regard  as  our  own.  Relevant
assignment agreements may not be self-

29

executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to
determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual
property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial
costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Our Research and Development Activities

We  have  a  single  research  and  development  facility  and  we  may  be  unable  to  continue  to  conduct  our  research  and
development  activities  if  we  lose  this  facility.  If  our  facility  or  our  equipment  were  damaged  or  destroyed,  or  if  we  experience  a
significant disruption in our operations for any reason, our ability to continue to operate our business could be materially harmed.

We  currently  conduct  all  of  our  research  and  development  and  product  development  activities  in  our  existing  facility  in  Tucson,
Arizona. If this facility were to be damaged, destroyed or otherwise unable to operate, whether due to fire, floods, storms, tornadoes, other
natural  disasters,  employee  malfeasance,  terrorist  acts,  power  outages  or  otherwise,  or  if  our  business  is  disrupted  for  any  other  reason,
including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may not be able to continue the development of future products or test our products as
promptly as our potential customers expect, or possibly not at all, and we would have no other means of conducting such activities until we
were able to restore such capabilities at the current facility or develop an alternative facility. Further, in such an event, we may lose revenue
and significant time during which we might otherwise have conducted research and development and product development activities and, we
may not be able to maintain our relationships with our licensees or customers.

The  manufacture  of  components  of  our  products  involves  complex  processes,  sophisticated  equipment  and  strict  adherence  to
specifications  and  quality  systems  procedures.  Any  unforeseen  manufacturing  problems,  such  as  contamination  of  our  facility,  equipment
malfunction  or  failure  to  strictly  follow  procedures  or  meet  specifications,  could  result  in  delays  or  shortfalls  in  production  of  our  products.
Identifying and resolving the cause of any manufacturing issues could require substantial time and resources. If we are unable to keep up
with future demand for our products by successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely manner, our revenue growth could
be impaired and market acceptance of our product candidates could be adversely affected.

While we carry a nominal amount of business interruption insurance to cover lost revenue and profits, this insurance does not cover
all possible situations. If we have underestimated our insurance needs with respect to an interruption, or if an interruption is not subject to
coverage under our insurance policies, we may not be able to cover our losses. In addition, our business interruption insurance would not
compensate us for the loss of opportunity and potential adverse impact on relations with our licensees or customers.

We  use  hazardous  materials  in  some  of  our  research,  development  and  manufacturing  processes  and  face  the

accompanying risks and regulations governing environmental safety.

Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations that
both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. In particular, our research activities sometimes involve the controlled use of
various hazardous materials. Although  we  believe  that  our  safety  procedures  for  handling  and  disposing  of  such  materials  are  in  material
compliance with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials
cannot be completely eliminated, and we may not be in compliance with these regulations. In addition, existing laws and regulations may also
be revised or reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, causing us to
incur additional compliance costs and/or change the manner in which we operate. We could be held liable for any damages that might result
from any accident or release involving hazardous materials.

We  have  made  and  intend  to  make  significant  additional  investments  in  research  and  development,  but  there  is  no

guarantee that any of these investments will ultimately result in commercial products that will generate revenues.

The Accelerate Pheno system integrates several of our component products, systems and processes. We have dedicated significant

resources on research and development activities into the Accelerate Pheno system, the

30

Accelerate  Arc  system  and  a  next  generation  Pheno  system,  and  we  intend  to  spend  significantly  more  on  research  and  development
activities. Notwithstanding these investments, we anticipate that we will have to spend additional funds in the research and development of
the Accelerate Pheno system, the Accelerate Arc system, and our next generation instrument platform and technologies. There can also be
no assurance that we will be able to develop additional types of tests and instruments in the future nor whether these will generate revenues.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Legislative and Administrative Action May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Company

Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the health care industry in the U.S. to fundamental change. We cannot
predict what other legislation relating to our business or to the health care industry may be enacted, including legislation relating to third-party
reimbursement,  or  what  effect  such  legislation  may  have  on  our  business,  prospects,  operating  results  and  financial  condition.  We expect
federal  and  state  legislators  to  continue  to  review  and  assess  alternative  health  care  delivery  and  payment  systems,  and  possibly  adopt
legislation  affecting  further  changes  in  the  health  care  delivery  system.  Such  laws  may  contain  provisions  that  may  change  the  operating
environment for hospitals and managed care organizations. Health  care  industry  participants  may  react  to  such  legislation  by  curtailing  or
deferring expenditures and initiatives, including those relating to our products. Future legislation could result in modifications to the existing
public and private health care insurance systems that would have a material adverse effect on the reimbursement policies discussed above.
If  enacted  and  implemented,  any  measures  to  restrict  health  care  spending  could  result  in  decreased  revenue  from  our  products  and
decrease potential returns from our research and development initiatives. Furthermore, we may not be able to successfully neutralize any
lobbying efforts against any initiatives we may have with governmental agencies.

We  and  our  suppliers,  contract  manufacturers  and  customers  are  subject  to  various  governmental  laws  and  regulations,
and  we  may  incur  significant  expenses  to  comply  with,  and  experience  delays  in  our  product  commercialization  as  a  result  of,
these laws and regulations.

Our operations are affected by various state, federal, and international healthcare, environmental, anti-corruption, fraud and abuse
(including anti-kickback and false claims laws), privacy, and employment laws as well as international political sanctions. Violations of these
laws  and  sanctions  can  result  in  criminal  or  civil  penalties,  including  substantial  fines  and,  in  some  cases,  exclusion  from  participation  in
federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. In some cases, the violation of such laws could potentially lead to individual
liability and imprisonment.

We  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  the  FDA  pursuant  to  the  Federal  Food,  Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  by  comparable
agencies in foreign countries and by other regulatory agencies and governing bodies. Following the introduction of a product, these and other
government  agencies  will  periodically  review  our  manufacturing  processes,  product  performance  and  compliance  with  applicable
requirements.

We  are  also  subject  to  various  U.S.  healthcare  related  laws  regulating  sales,  contracting,  marketing,  and  other  business

arrangements and the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. These include but are not limited to:

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving
any  remuneration,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  exchange  for  or  to  induce  the  referral  of  an  individual,  or  the  purchasing,  leasing,
ordering, recommending, furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health
care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid.
The  federal  Stark  law,  which  prohibits  physicians  from  referring  patients  to  receive  “designated  health  services”  payable  by
Medicare or Medicaid from entities with which the physician or an immediate family member has a financial relationship, unless
an exception applies. Financial relationships include both ownership/investment interests and compensation arrangements.
The  Eliminating  Kickbacks  in  Recovery  Act,  which  makes  it  a  federal  crime  to  knowingly  and  willfully  solicit  or  receive  any
remuneration  in  return  for  referring  a  patient  to  a  recovery  home,  clinical  treatment  facility,  or  laboratory,  or  pay  or  offer  any
remuneration to induce such a referral or in exchange for an individual using the services of a recovery home, clinical treatment
facility, or laboratory.
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which prohibits knowingly and willfully (i) executing a
scheme  to  defraud  any  health  care  benefit  program,  including  private  payers,  or  (ii)  falsifying,  concealing  or  covering  up  a
material fact or making any materially false,

•

•

•

•

31

fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for items or services under a health care benefit
program.

•

• HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, which also restricts the
use and disclosure of protected health information, mandates the adoption of standards relating to the privacy and security of
protected health information, and requires us to report certain security breaches to health care provider customers with respect
to such information where we are acting as a HIPAA business associate to that customer.
The  federal  Physician  Payment  Sunshine  Act,  which  requires  manufacturers  of  certain  medical  devices  to  track  payments  or
other  transfers  of  value  given  to  U.S.  licensed  physicians  or  teaching  hospitals  and  to  report  this  data  to  CMS  annually  for
subsequent public disclosure.
The federal False Claims Act, which imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or
causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The qui tam provisions of the
False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has
submitted a false claim to the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery.

•

Similar requirements have been adopted by many states and foreign countries. Violations of any of these laws can lead to additional
legal risk such as risk of plaintiff class actions, state Attorney General actions, and investigations by the Federal Trade Commission, among
others.

Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  requirements,  or  later  discovery  of  previously  unknown  problems  with  our  products  or
manufacturing  processes,  including  our  failure  or  the  failure  of  one  of  our  contract  manufacturers  to  take  satisfactory  corrective  action  in
response to an adverse inspection, can result in, among other things:
administrative or judicially imposed sanctions;
injunctions or the imposition of civil penalties;
recall or seizure of our products;
reportable events;
total or partial suspension of production or distribution;

•
•
•
•
•
• withdrawal or suspension of marketing clearances or approvals;
•
clinical holds;
• warning letters;
•
•
•

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;
criminal prosecution; and
exclusion or debarment from participation in federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

Any of these actions, in combination or alone, could prevent us from marketing, distributing and selling our products.

In  addition,  we  have  developed  and  configured,  and  we  intend  to  market  our  products  to  meet  customer  needs  created  by  these
various  regulations.  Any  significant  change  in  these  regulations  could  reduce  demand  for  our  products.  Governmental agencies may also
impose new requirements regarding registration, labeling or prohibited materials that may require us to modify or re-register products already
on  the  market  or  otherwise  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  market  our  products.  If  materials  used  in  our  products  become  unavailable
because of new governmental regulations, substitute materials may be less effective and may require significant cost to incorporate in our
product.

In addition, a product defect or regulatory violation could lead to a government-mandated or voluntary recall by us. We believe that
the  FDA  would  request  that  we  initiate  a  voluntary  recall  if  a  product  was  defective  or  presented  a  risk  of  injury  or  gross  deception.
Regulatory  agencies  in  other  countries  have  similar  authority  to  recall  devices  because  of  material  deficiencies  or  defects  in  design  or
manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our
shares of common stock to decline, expose us to product liability or other claims (including contractual claims from parties to whom we sold
products) and harm our reputation with customers.

The use of our diagnostic products by our customers is also affected by the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”)
and related federal and state regulations that provide for regulation of laboratory testing. CLIA is intended to ensure the quality and reliability
of  clinical  laboratories  in  the  United  States  by  mandating  specific  standards  in  the  areas  of  personnel  qualifications,  administration,
participation in proficiency

32

testing, patient test management, quality assurance, quality control and inspections. Current or future CLIA requirements or the promulgation
of additional regulations affecting laboratory testing may prevent some laboratories, hospitals, providers or other customers with laboratories
from using some or all of our diagnostic products.

Maintaining  adequate  sales  of  our  product  may  depend  on  the  availability  of  adequate  reimbursement  to  our  customers
from  third-party  payers,  including  government  programs  such  as  Medicare  and  Medicaid,  private  insurance  plans,  and  managed
care programs.

Maintaining and growing sales of our product, if approved, may depend in part on the availability of adequate reimbursement to our
customers from third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed
care programs. Hospitals, clinical laboratories and other healthcare provider customers that may purchase our products generally bill various
third-party payers to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with diagnostic tests, including the cost of the purchase of our
products. We currently expect that all of our diagnostic tests will be performed in a hospital inpatient setting, where governmental payers,
such  as  Medicare,  generally  reimburse  hospitals  a  single  bundled  payment  that  is  based  on  the  patient’s  diagnosis  under  a  classification
system known as the Medicare severity diagnosis-related groups (MS-DRGs) classification for all items and services provided to the patient
during  a  single  hospitalization,  regardless  of  whether  our  diagnostic  tests  are  performed  during  such  hospitalization.  As  a  result,  our
customers’ access to adequate payment by government and private insurance plans is central to the acceptance of our products. We may be
unable to sell our products, if approved, on a profitable basis if third-party payers reduce their current levels of payment or if our costs of
production increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels.

Additionally,  third-party  payers  are  increasingly  reducing  reimbursement  for  medical  products  and  services.  In  addition,  the  U.S.
government,  state  legislatures,  and  foreign  governments  have  and  may  continue  to  implement  cost-containment  measures  and  more
restrictive  policies,  including  price  controls  and  restrictions  on  reimbursement.  For  example,  the  Budget  Control  Act  of  2011  (the  “Budget
Control Act”) established a process to reduce federal budget deficits through an automatic “sequestration” process if deficit reductions targets
are  not  otherwise  reached.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Budget  Control  Act,  sequestration  imposes  cuts  to  a  wide  range  of  federal  programs,
including Medicare, which is subject to a two percent cut. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 extended the two percent sequestration cut for
Medicare through fiscal year 2023, and a bill signed by President Obama on February 15, 2014 further extended this cut for an additional
year, through fiscal year 2024. For fiscal year 2024, however, Medicare sequestration amounts will be realigned such that there will be a four
percent sequester for the first six months and no sequester for the second six months, under the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014.

While  we  cannot  predict  whether  third-party  reimbursement  to  our  customers  will  be  adequate,  cost-containment  measures  and
similar efforts by third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, could substantially impact the sales of
our products and potentially limit our net revenue and results.

We  may  be  adversely  affected  by  healthcare  policy  changes,  including  additional  healthcare  reform  and  changes  in

managed healthcare.

Healthcare reform and the growth of managed care organizations have been considerable forces in the medical diagnostics industry
and  in  recent  political  discussions.  These  forces  have  placed,  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  place,  constraints  on  the  levels  of  overall
pricing  for  healthcare  products  and  services  as  well  as  the  coverage  available  by  public  and  private  insurance  and  thus,  could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  future  profit  margins  of  our  products  or  the  amounts  that  we  are  able  to  receive  from  third  parties  for  the
licensing of our products. Changes  in  the  United  States  healthcare  market  could  also  force  us  to  alter  our  approach  to  selling,  marketing,
distributing and servicing our products and customer base. In and outside the United States, changes to government reimbursement policies
could reduce the funding that healthcare service providers have available for diagnostic product expenditures, which could have a material
adverse impact on the use of the products we are developing and our future sales, license and royalty fees and profit margin.

For example, the ACA requires CMS to reduce payments to hospitals reimbursed under Medicare’s Inpatient Prospective Payment
System (“IPPS”) that have excess readmissions. This and other applicable requirements set forth under the ACA and its current and future
implementing  regulations  may  significantly  increase  our  costs,  and/or  reduce  our  customer’s  ability  to  obtain  adequate  reimbursement  for
tests performed with our products, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition to direct impacts from

33

reimbursement cuts, sales of our products could be negatively impacted if reimbursement cuts reduce microbiology budgets. While the ACA
is intended to expand health insurance coverage to uninsured persons in the United States, other elements of this legislation that are still
being  developed  and  refined,  such  as  Medicare  provisions  aimed  at  improving  quality  and  decreasing  costs,  comparative  effectiveness
research,  an  independent  payment  advisory  board,  and  pilot  programs  to  evaluate  alternative  payment  methodologies,  make  it  difficult  to
determine the overall impact on sales of our products. In addition to uncertainty regarding the impact of implementation of the ACA, there are
some continued legal challenges to the ACA that, if successful, could call into question the legitimacy of the ACA and its future applicability.

In  recent  years,  other  legislative,  regulatory,  and  political  changes  aimed  at  regulating  healthcare  delivery  in  general  and  clinical
laboratory  tests  in  particular  have  been  proposed  and  adopted  in  the  United  States.  Reimbursement  for  the  laboratory  industry  is  under
significant  pressure.  In  January  2015,  HHS  announced  a  plan  to  shift  the  Medicare  program  and  the  healthcare  system  at  large,  toward
paying providers based on quality, rather than the quantity of care provided to patients. In 2017, Medicare’s clinical laboratory reimbursement
system became tied to private market rates with the start of the effective period for the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”),
changing  the  payment  environment  for  clinical  laboratory  tests.  The  measures  implemented  by  PAMA  and  ACA  regulations  can  result  in
reduced prices, added costs, and decreased test utilization for our customers, although the full impact on our business of the ACA, changes
to the IPPS, PAMA, and other applicable laws, regulations, and policies is uncertain.

We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the
United States in which we may do business, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation will have on our industry generally, our ability
to successfully commercialize our products, and our overall business operations. Continued changes in healthcare policy could substantially
impact  the  sales  of  our  tests,  increase  costs  and  divert  management’s  attention  from  our  business.  For  example,  any  expansion  in  the
government’s  regulation  of  the  United  States  healthcare  system  could  result  in  decreased  profits  to  us,  lower  reimbursements  to  our
customers for laboratory testing or reduced medical procedure volumes. Additionally, CMS has created a number of waivers that impact the
provision  and  reimbursement  of  healthcare  services  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  Public  Health  Emergency  (“PHE”).  It  is  not  clear  to  the
extent these waivers will remain in effect once the PHE has ended. We cannot predict the impact that the extension or termination of these
waivers may have on our business.

The  regulatory  processes  applicable  to  our  products  and  operations  are  expensive,  time-consuming,  and  uncertain  and

may prevent us from obtaining required approvals for the commercialization of our products.

Our products are regulated as medical device products by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries. In particular, FDA
regulations  govern  activities  such  as  product  development,  product  testing,  product  labeling,  product  storage,  premarket  clearance  or
approval, manufacturing, advertising, promotion, product sales, reporting of certain product failures and distribution. Some of our products,
depending on their intended use, will require approval of a premarket approval application (“PMA”) or clearance of a 510(k) notification from
the FDA prior to marketing. The FDA has committed to review most 510(k) decisions within 90 days, but the review may be delayed due to
requests for additional information. A decision may take significantly longer, and clearance is never assured. The PMA process is much more
costly, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA has committed to review most PMAs within 180 days where an advisory panel is not required and
within 320 days where an advisory panel is required, but the review may be delayed due to requests for additional information. A decision
may  take  significantly  longer,  and  approval  is  never  assured.  In  the  510(k)  clearance  process,  the  FDA  must  determine  that  a  proposed
device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology
and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial
equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based, in part, on extensive
data, including technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are
deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. However, some devices are automatically
subject to the PMA pathway regardless of the level of risk they pose, because they have not previously been classified into a lower risk class
by the FDA. Manufacturers  of  these  devices  may  request  that  the  FDA  review  such  devices  in  accordance  with  the  de  novo classification
procedure,  which  allows  a  manufacturer  whose  novel  device  would  otherwise  require  the  submission  and  approval  of  a  PMA  prior  to
marketing to request down-classification of the device on the basis that the device presents low or moderate risk. If the FDA agrees with

34

the down-classification, the applicant will then receive authorization to market the device. This device type can then be used as a predicate
device for future 510(k) submissions.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:
• we may not be able to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction that our product candidates are safe and effective, sensitive and

specific diagnostic tests, for their intended users;
the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required; and
the manufacturing process or facilities we or our contract manufacturers use may not meet applicable requirements.

•
•

With  respect  to  those  future  products  where  a  PMA  is  not  required,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  obtain  510(k)
clearances  with  respect  to  those  products.  The  process  of  obtaining  regulatory  clearances  or  approvals,  or  completing  the  de  novo
classification process, to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to successfully obtain pre-
market reviews on a timely basis, if at all. Further, even if we were to obtain regulatory clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are
important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

Clinical  trial  data  is  typically  required  to  support  a  PMA  and  is  sometimes  required  for  a  510(k)  pre-market  notification.  Although
many  510(k)  pre-market  notifications  are  cleared  without  clinical  data,  in  some  cases,  the  FDA  requires  significant  clinical  data  to  support
substantial equivalence. Clinical trials are expensive and time-consuming. In addition, the commencement or completion of any clinical trials
may be delayed or halted for any number of reasons, including product performance, changes in intended use, changes in medical practice
and the opinion of evaluator Institutional Review Boards.

Additionally,  since  2009,  the  FDA  has  significantly  increased  the  scrutiny  applied  to  its  oversight  of  companies  subject  to  its
regulations by hiring new investigators and increasing inspections of manufacturing facilities. The FDA has also undertaken initiatives related
to enhancement of the 510(k) review process and has proposed significant changes to the regulation of laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”).
We  continue  to  monitor  these  developments  and  analyze  how  they  will  impact  the  approval  of  our  products.  These  and  other  actions
proposed  by  the  FDA’s  Center  for  Devices  and  Radiological  Health  could  result  in  significant  changes  to  the  510(k)  process,  which  could
complicate the product approval process, although we cannot predict the effect of such changes and cannot ascertain if such changes will
have a substantive impact on the approval of our products. If we fail to adequately respond to the increased scrutiny and streamlined 510(k)
submission process, our business may be adversely impacted.

Failure  to  comply  with  the  applicable  requirements  can  result  in,  among  other  things,  warning  letters,  administrative  or  judicially
imposed sanctions such as injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant
premarket clearance or PMA for devices, withdrawal of marketing clearances or approvals, or criminal prosecution. With regard to products
for which we seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA, any failure or material delay to obtain such clearance or approval could
harm our business. If  the  FDA  were  to  disagree  with  our  regulatory  assessment  and  conclude  that  approval  or  clearance  is  necessary  to
market the products, we could be forced to cease marketing the products and seek approval or clearance. Once clearance or approval has
been obtained for a product, there is an obligation to ensure that all applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to be met.

In addition, it is possible that the current regulatory framework could change or additional regulations could arise at any stage during
our product development or marketing, which may adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain approval of our products. For example, in
response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway,
the  FDA  initiated  an  evaluation  of  the  program,  and  in  January  2011,  announced  several  proposed  actions  intended  to  reform  the  review
process governing the clearance of medical devices. The FDA undertook these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of
the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act,
Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several
“Medical  Device  Regulatory  Improvements”  and  miscellaneous  reforms  that  are  further  intended  to  clarify  and  improve  medical  device
regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our product candidates could
prevent  us  from  generating  revenue  from  these  product  candidates.  Additionally,  the  FDA  and  other  regulatory  authorities  have  broad
enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us,

35

could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our product candidates and dissuade our customers from using our product candidates, if
and when they are authorized for marketing.

Our manufacturing facility located in Tucson, Arizona, where we assemble and produce our products, may be subject to regulatory
inspections by the FDA and other federal and state and foreign regulatory agencies. For example, this facility is subject to Quality System
Regulations (“QSR”) of the FDA and is subject to annual inspection and licensing by the State of Arizona. If we fail to maintain this facility in
accordance with the QSR requirements, international quality standards or other regulatory requirements, our manufacturing process could be
suspended or terminated, which would prevent us from being able to provide products to our customers in a timely fashion.

Sales of our diagnostic product candidates outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical
studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory requirements
vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required
to obtain FDA marketing authorization from the FDA, and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at
all. Marketing authorization from the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign
regulatory  authority  does  not  ensure  clearance  or  approval  by  regulatory  authorities  in  other  countries  or  by  the  FDA.  Foreign  regulatory
authorities  could  require  additional  testing.  Failure  to  comply  with  foreign  regulatory  requirements,  or  to  obtain  required  clearances  or
approvals, could impair our ability to commercialize our diagnostic product candidates outside of the United States.

Global  health  crises,  such  as  the  current  COVID-19  global  pandemic,  may  divert  regulatory  resources  and  attention  away  from
approval  processes  for  our  products.  This  could  materially  lengthen  the  regulatory  approval  process  of  new  products,  which  would  delay
expected commercialization of such new products.

Modifications to our products, if cleared or approved, may require new 510(k) clearances or pre-market approvals, or may

require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

Any modification to a device authorized for marketing that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute
a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA supplement or
new PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s
decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. If the FDA disagrees
with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, PMA supplements or PMAs for modifications to previously cleared
or approved products for which we conclude that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or
to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA’s ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to any products
for  which  we  obtain  clearance,  either  by  imposing  more  strict  requirements  on  when  a  manufacturer  must  submit  a  new  510(k)  for  a
modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. The  practical  impact  of  the
FDA’s continuing scrutiny of the 510(k) program remains unclear.

We rely on third parties to conduct studies of our products that may be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities,

and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We rely on third parties, including medical investigators, to conduct studies on our products. Our reliance on these third parties for
clinical  development  activities  will  reduce  our  control  over  these  activities.  These  third  parties  may  not  complete  activities  on  schedule  or
conduct  studies  in  accordance  with  regulatory  requirements  or  our  study  design.  If applicable, our reliance on third parties that we do not
control  will  not  relieve  us  of  any  applicable  requirement  to  prepare,  and  ensure  compliance  with,  various  procedures  required  under  good
clinical  practices.  If  these  third  parties  do  not  successfully  carry  out  their  contractual  duties  or  regulatory  obligations  or  meet  expected
deadlines, if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to
adhere  to  our  clinical  protocols  or  regulatory  requirements  or  for  other  reasons,  our  studies  may  be  extended,  delayed,  suspended  or
terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or regulatory clearance for our products.

36

A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our

products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The  FDA  and  similar  foreign  governmental  authorities  have  the  authority  to  require  the  recall  of  commercialized  products.
Manufacturers  may,  under  their  own  initiative,  recall  a  product  if  any  material  deficiency  in  a  device  is  found.  A  government-mandated  or
voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing
errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Under the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations, we are required to
report  to  the  FDA  any  incident  in  which  our  product  may  have  caused  or  contributed  to  a  death  or  serious  injury  or  in  which  our  product
malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions
may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources, have
an adverse effect on our reputation, and may impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet
our customers’ demands. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or
we  may  decide  that  we  will  need  to  obtain,  new  approvals  or  clearances  for  the  device  before  we  may  market  or  distribute  the  corrected
device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not
adequately  address  problems  associated  with  our  devices,  we  may  face  additional  regulatory  enforcement  action,  including  FDA  warning
letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, or civil or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take
other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which
could harm our ability to market our products in the future.

Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications,
or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary,
as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, would require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our
business and may harm our reputation.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to be volatile and traded on low volumes.

The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been,  and  is  likely  to  continue  to  be,  highly  volatile.  Factors  that  may  contribute  to
volatility  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (i)  low  trading  volume  currently  prevailing  in  the  market  for  our
shares; (ii) concentration of our stock with one individual large shareholder who could decide to materially reduce his position; and (iii) the
substantial current short interest in our stock. The market value of your investment in our common stock may rise or fall sharply at any time
because  of  this  volatility  and  also  because  of  significant  short  positions  that  may  be  taken  by  investors  from  time  to  time  in  our  common
stock. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the sale price for our common stock ranged from $4.27 to $15.00 per share, and during
the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  sale  price  for  our  common  stock  ranged  from  $4.62  to  $18.74  per  share.  The  market  prices  for
securities of medical technology companies like us historically have been highly volatile, and the market has experienced significant price
and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.

The short interest in our common stock is high, which may lead to further volatility in our stock price.

As of December 31, 2021, the number of shares of our common stock shorted was high as compared to the number of shares in the
public float. A significant concentration of short interest can be a contributing factor resulting in high volatility in our stock price and volume
fluctuations.

The ownership of our common stock is highly concentrated.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  our  directors  and  executive  officers  beneficially  owned  in  the  aggregate,  approximately  42%  of  our
outstanding  common  stock,  including  27%  beneficially  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  our  director,  Jack  Schuler.  As  a  result,  these
stockholders will be able to affect the outcome of, or exert significant influence over, all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the
election and removal of directors and any change in control. In particular, this concentration of ownership of our common stock could have
the effect of

37

delaying or preventing a change in control of us or otherwise discouraging or preventing a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control
of  us.  This,  in  turn,  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  It  could  also  prevent  our  stockholders  from
realizing a premium over the market prices for their shares of common stock. Moreover, the interests of this concentration of ownership may
not  always  coincide  with  our  interests  or  the  interests  of  other  stockholders.  The  concentration  of  ownership  also  contributes  to  the  low
trading  volume  and  volatility  of  our  common  stock.  Certain  of  our  major  shareholders  hold  their  shares  in  certificate  form,  further  limiting
trading volume.

Future  issuances  or  sales  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  may  depress  the  price  of  our  shares  and  be  dilutive  to  our

existing stockholders.

We cannot predict whether future issuances of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open market
will decrease the market price per share of our common stock. Any sales by us or by our existing stockholders of a substantial number of
shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, may cause the market price of our shares to
decline. The exercise of any outstanding options, the issuance of future equity awards to retain and incentivize employees, the issuance of
our common stock upon the conversion or exchange of our convertible notes, the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock or in connection
with  acquisitions,  and  any  other  issuances  of  our  common  stock  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  market  price  of  the  shares  of  our
common stock.

To the extent that we raise additional funds through the issuance and sale of equity or convertible debt securities, including shares of
our common stock through our ATM Program, the issuance of such securities will result in dilution to our stockholders. Investors purchasing
shares or other securities in the future may also have rights superior to existing stockholders. In addition, we have a significant number of
options  and  restricted  stock  units  outstanding.  If  the  holders  of  these  options  exercise  or  the  restricted  stock  units  are  released,  our
stockholders may incur further dilution.

We may require additional capital in the future, and you may incur dilution to your stock holdings.

We have primarily relied upon capital from the sale of our securities to fund our operations. Although we have now commercialized
the Accelerate Pheno system in the United States, Europe, and certain other regions, there can be no assurance that our commercialization
efforts  will  be  successful  or  that  we  will  not  continue  to  incur  operating  losses.  If  capital  requirements  vary  materially  from  those  currently
forecast  by  management,  we  may  require  additional  capital  sooner  than  expected.  We  may  also  require  additional  capital  in  the  future  to
expand our product offerings, expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, increase our manufacturing capacity, fund our operations, and
continue our research and development activities. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

our ability to obtain marketing authorization from the FDA or clearance from the FDA to market our product candidates;

•
• market acceptance of our product candidates, if cleared;
•
•
•

the cost and timing of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;
the cost of our research and development activities;
the  ability  of  healthcare  providers  to  obtain  coverage  and  adequate  reimbursement  by  third-party  payers  for  procedures  using
our products;
the cost and timing of marketing authorization or regulatory clearances;
the cost of goods associated with our product candidates;
the cost of customer disruptions due to supply disruptions;
the effect of competing technological and market developments; and
the  extent  to  which  we  acquire  or  invest  in  businesses,  products  and  technologies,  including  entering  into  licensing  or
collaboration arrangements for product candidates.

•
•
•
•
•

If we require additional capital, we may attempt to raise it through a variety of strategies, including the issuance and sale of additional
shares of our common stock. Issuances of additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock in the future, whether in connection with
a rights offering, follow-on offering or otherwise, would dilute existing stockholders and may adversely affect the market price of our common
stock.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. Debt financing, if available, may
involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt or additional equity financing that we raise may
contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders.

38

If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights
to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may
have to liquidate some or all of our assets or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our product development.

If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may be required to delay additional product development or license
to third parties the rights to commercialize our products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize ourselves. We also
may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our product candidates or cease operations. Any  of  these
factors could harm our operating results.

Provisions  in  our  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  Delaware  law  may  delay  or  prevent  acquisition  of  our

Company, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

Provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
could delay or make it more difficult to remove incumbent directors or for a third party to acquire us, even if a takeover would benefit our
stockholders. For example, our board of directors may fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of
an  increase  in  the  number  of  directors  or  otherwise.  Special  meetings  of  the  stockholders  may  be  called  only  by  the  President,  a  Vice
President, our board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Additionally, our
board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to 5.0 million shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of
such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The issuance of shares of preferred stock
may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company without further action by the stockholders, even
where  stockholders  are  offered  a  premium  for  their  shares.  Moreover,  we  are  subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging
or  combining  with  us  for  a  period  of  three  years  after  the  date  of  the  transaction  in  which  the  person  acquired  in  excess  of  15%  of  our
outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Our Series A Preferred Stock has rights, preferences, and privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to, the rights

of holders of our common stock.

As of March 10, 2022, we have designated 3,954,546 shares as Series A Preferred Stock, all of which are outstanding as of such
date. The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to the Company’s common stock and
to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series A Preferred Stock. The holders
of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, prior in preference to any
declaration  or  payment  of  any  dividend  on  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  rate  of  $0.25  per  share  per  annum  on  each  outstanding
share of Series A Preferred Stock (as appropriately adjusted for any subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications
and the like), when, as and if declared by the Board. In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding are entitled to participate with the holders of the Company’s common
stock or any other junior securities then outstanding, pro rata on an as-converted basis, in the distribution of all the remaining assets and
funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders.

Risks Related to our Convertible Senior Notes

We  have  substantial  indebtedness  in  the  form  of  convertible  senior  notes,  which  could  have  important  consequences  to

our business.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness primarily comprised of our 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”).
As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  $120.5  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes,  which  mature  on  March  15,  2023.  Holders  of  the
Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change at a purchase price equal to
100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, the indenture for the Notes
provides

39

that we are required to repay amounts due under the indenture in the event that there is an event of default for the Notes that results in the
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, becoming due prior to maturity date for the Notes. There can be no assurance that we will be
able to repay this indebtedness when due, or that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, this
indebtedness could, among other things:

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•

heighten our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and heightened competitive pressures;
require us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other
purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate
purposes or other purposes.
heighten our vulnerability to adverse general economic conditions and heightened competitive pressures;
require us to dedicate a larger portion of our cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other
purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and
impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate
purposes or other purposes.

Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture (whether upon a fundamental change or
otherwise  under  the  indenture)  or  pay  cash  payable  on  future  conversions  of  the  Notes  as  required  by  the  indenture  would  constitute  a
default under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements
governing  our  existing  or  future  indebtedness.  If  the  repayment  of  the  related  indebtedness  were  to  be  accelerated  after  any  applicable
notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness, repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon
conversions thereof.

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to

pay our debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes,
depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business
may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures.
If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt
or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on
the  capital  markets  and  our  financial  condition  at  such  time.  We  may  not  be  able  to  engage  in  any  of  these  activities  or  engage  in  these
activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

To the extent we choose to deliver shares upon conversion of the Notes, the ownership interests of existing stockholders

will be diluted and our stock price may be adversely impacted.

Upon conversion of the Notes, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of
cash  and  shares  of  our  common  stock,  at  our  election.  To  the  extent  we  choose  to  deliver  shares  upon  conversion  of  some  or  all  of  the
Notes, this will result in a dilution to the ownership interests of existing stockholders and may depress our stock price.

The  conditional  conversion  feature  of  the  Notes,  if  triggered,  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  operating

results.

In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at
any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion
obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional share), we would be required to settle a
portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders
of the Notes do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the
outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working
capital.

40

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the Notes, could have a material

effect on our reported financial results.

Under  Accounting  Standards  Codification  470-20,  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options  (“ASC  470-20”),  an  entity  must
separately account for the liability and equity components of the Notes that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a
manner  that  reflects  the  issuer’s  economic  interest  cost.  The  effect  of  ASC  470-20  on  the  accounting  for  the  Notes  is  that  the  equity
component is required to be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ deficit on our consolidated balance sheet at the
issuance date and the value of the equity component would be treated as debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of
the Notes. As  a  result,  we  will  be  required  to  record  a  greater  amount  of  non-cash  interest  expense  as  a  result  of  the  amortization  of  the
discounted carrying value of the Notes to their face amount over the term of the Notes. We will report larger net losses (or lower net income)
in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s
non-convertible coupon interest rate, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common
stock and the trading price of the Notes. In addition, the Notes may be settled entirely or partly in cash and may be accounted for utilizing the
treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of such Notes are not included in the calculation of
diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of such Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury
stock  method,  for  diluted  earnings  per  share  purposes,  the  transaction  is  accounted  for  as  if  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that
would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be sure that the accounting
standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable or otherwise elect not to use the treasury
stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely
affected.

The prepaid forward we entered into in connection with the Notes offering may affect the value of our common stock and

may result in unexpected market activity in our common stock.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into a prepaid forward with the forward counterparty. The prepaid forward is
intended to reduce the dilution to our stockholders from the issuance of our common stock (if any) upon conversion of the Notes and to allow
certain investors to establish short positions that generally correspond to commercially reasonable initial hedges of their investment in the
Notes.  In  addition,  the  forward  counterparty  (or  its  affiliate)  may  modify  its  hedge  position  by  entering  into  or  unwinding  one  or  more
derivative  transactions  with  respect  to  our  common  stock  and/or  purchasing  or  selling  our  common  stock  or  other  securities  of  ours  in
secondary market transactions at any time, including following the offering of the Notes and immediately prior to or shortly after March 15,
2023,  the  maturity  date  of  the  Notes  (and  are  likely  to  unwind  their  derivative  transactions  and/or  purchase  or  sell  our  common  stock  in
connection  with  any  conversion  or  repurchase  of  the  Notes  and/or  in  connection  with  the  purchase  or  sale  of  notes  by  certain  investors).
These activities could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock.

The prepaid forward initially facilitated privately negotiated derivative transactions relating to our common stock, including derivative
transactions by which investors in the Notes established short positions relating to our common stock to hedge their investments in the Notes
concurrently with, or shortly after, the placement of the Notes. Neither we nor the forward counterparty control how such investors may use
such derivative transactions. In  addition,  such  investors  may  enter  into  other  transactions  in  connection  with  such  derivative  transactions,
including  the  purchase  or  sale  of  our  common  stock,  at  any  time.  As  a  result,  the  existence  of  the  prepaid  forward,  such  derivative
transactions, and any related market activity could cause more sales of our common stock over the term of the prepaid forward than there
would have otherwise been had we not entered into the prepaid forward. Such sales could potentially affect the market price of our common
stock.

We  are  subject  to  counterparty  risk  with  respect  to  the  prepaid  forward.  We  will  be  subject  to  the  risk  that  the  forward

counterparty might default under the prepaid forward.

We are subject to the risk that the forward counterparty might default under the prepaid forward. Our exposure to the credit risk of the
forward counterparty will not be secured by any collateral. Global economic conditions have in the past resulted in, and may again result in,
the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions. If the forward counterparty becomes subject to insolvency
proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings, with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our

41

transactions  with  the  forward  counterparty.  Our  exposure  will  depend  on  many  factors,  but,  generally,  an  increase  in  our  exposure  will  be
correlated to an increase in the market price of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by the forward counterparty, we may suffer
more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or
viability of the forward counterparty to the prepaid forward.

General Risk Factor

Current macroeconomic conditions and the uncertain economic outlook may remain challenging for the foreseeable future.

Global  economic  conditions  may  remain  challenging  and  uncertain  for  the  foreseeable  future,  including  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing
COVID-19 pandemic and the recent Russian invasion of Ukraine. This  had  led  to  market  disruptions  and  significant  volatility  in  credit  and
capital  markets.  These  conditions  not  only  limit  our  access  to  capital  but  also  make  it  difficult  for  our  customers,  our  vendors  and  us  to
accurately  forecast  and  plan  future  business  activities,  and  they  could  cause  U.S.  and  foreign  hospitals  and  other  customers  to  slow
spending on our products, which would delay and lengthen sales cycles. Some of our customers rely on government research grants to fund
technology purchases. If  negative  trends  in  the  economy  affect  the  government’s  allocation  of  funds  to  research,  there  may  be  less  grant
funding available for certain of our customers to purchase technologies from us. Certain of our customers may face challenges gaining timely
access to sufficient credit or may otherwise be faced with budget constraints, which could result in decreased purchases of our products or in
an impairment of their ability to make timely payments to us. If our customers do not make timely payments to us, we may be required to
assume  greater  credit  risk  relating  to  those  customers  and  increase  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  and  our  days  sales  outstanding
would be negatively impacted. Although we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our
customers to make required payments, we may not continue to experience the same loss rates that we have in the past.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

Our  headquarters  and  reference  laboratory  space  is  located  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  and  we  have  other  offices  in  Europe.  As  of
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  leased  approximately  54,522  and  54,407  square  feet  of  office/  laboratory  and  manufacturing  space,
respectively, in Tucson, Arizona. We believe that our currently leased facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.
See Item 8, Note 16, Leases for additional details regarding the leases.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. Other than the patent
Opposition proceeding discussed under the heading “Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property-We may not be successful in
our  currently  pending  or  future  patent  applications,  and  even  if  such  applications  are  successful,  we  cannot  guarantee  that  the  resulting
patents  will  sufficiently  protect  our  products  and  proprietary  technology”  in  Item  1A,  Risk  Factors  of  this  Form  10-K,  which  is  incorporated
herein  by  reference,  we  believe  that  there  are  currently  no  claims  or  legal  actions  that  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material
adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

42

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

PART II

Market Information

Our common stock trades under the symbol “AXDX” on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Holders

As of March 10, 2022, we had approximately 133 record owners of our Common Stock. The actual number of holders of our common
stock is greater than the number of record owners and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street
name by brokers or other nominees.

Dividends Paid and Dividend Policy

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally  available.  Additionally,  the  Company’s  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  ranks,  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends,  senior  to  the
Company’s common stock and to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series
A Preferred Stock. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available
therefor, prior in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Company’s common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share
per  annum  on  each  outstanding  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (as  appropriately  adjusted  for  any  subsequent  stock  splits,  stock
dividends, combinations, reclassifications and the like), when, as and if declared by the Board.

To date, no dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future
earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Future cash
dividends,  if  any,  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  future  operations  and  earnings,  capital
requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

There  were  no  unregistered  sales  of  equity  securities  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  other  than  as  reported  in  our

Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

43

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The  table  set  forth  below  presents  the  securities  authorized  for  issuance  with  respect  to  compensation  plans  under  which  equity

securities are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2021:

Plan category

Equity Compensation Plan

Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of outstanding
options and release of restricted
stock units

Weighted-average exercise price
of outstanding options

(1)

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
the 1st column)

Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security
holders
Total

(2)

9,282,722 

— 
9,282,722 

$

$

13.89 

— 
13.89 

3,617,783 

— 
3,617,783 

(1) Shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”) have been
excluded from the calculation of the weighted average exercise price because they have no exercise price associated with them.
(2) Represents 7,192,540 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and 2,090,182 shares of common stock that may

be issued upon vesting of outstanding RSUs and PSUs (assuming the maximum performance level for PSUs).

Item 6. Reserved

Reserved.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) summarizes our
change in fiscal year financial condition, results of operations, recent developments, the significant factors affecting our results of operations,
capital  resources  and  liquidity,  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  and  contractual  obligations,  and  discusses  recent  accounting
pronouncements and our critical accounting policies and estimates. You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our
financial statements, including the related notes, which are included in this Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and
analysis set forth below and elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related
financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors of this Form 10-K for a
discussion  of  important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results  described  in  or  implied  by  the  forward-
looking statements in this report.

COVID-19 and Supply Chain Impacts Update

In  late  2019,  a  novel  strain  of  coronavirus  (COVID-19)  was  reported  to  have  surfaced  in  Wuhan,  China,  and  spread  globally.  In
March  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  global  pandemic.  The  COVID-19  outbreak  resulted  in  government
authorities around the world implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of COVID-19, such as travel bans and restrictions,
quarantines, shelter-in-place, stay-at-home or total lock-down (or similar) orders and business limitations and shutdowns. More recently, the
emergence and spread of COVID-19 variants, such as the Delta and Omicron variants, that are significantly more contagious than previous
strains have led many government authorities and businesses to reimplement prior restrictions in an effort to lessen the spread of COVID-19
and its variants.

The COVID-19 pandemic, containment measures, and downstream impacts to hospital staffing and financial stability have caused,
and are continuing to cause, business slowdowns or shutdowns in affected areas, both regionally and worldwide, as well as disruptions to
global supply chains and workforce participation. These

44

effects have significantly impacted our business and results of operations, starting in the first quarter of 2020 and continuing through 2021.
For example, we have experienced diminished access to our customers, including hospitals, which has severely limited our ability to sell and,
to a lesser degree, implement previously contracted Accelerate Pheno systems. More recently, hospital turnover resulting from burnout and
vaccine mandates have further diverted the attention of hospital decision makers. In addition, in certain months with high rates of COVID-19
hospitalization, our Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit orders declined as many hospitals curtailed elective surgeries to respond to COVID-19. The
reduced  sales  and  implementations  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  lowered  our  realized  and  expected  revenue  growth  for  2020  and
2021.

The  emergence  of  COVID-19  variants,  vaccine  hesitancy  and  the  prevalence  of  breakthrough  cases  of  infection  among  fully
vaccinated  people  adds  additional  uncertainty  regarding  our  access  to  customers  and  prospects,  demand  for  our  products,  and  ability  to
implement our products.

As a medical device company, we have not experienced any disruptions to our ability to manufacture our products at our Tucson,
Arizona headquarters under the various State of Arizona executive orders relating to the COVID-19 pandemic because we were classified as
an essential service. We continue to expect that, should future orders be issued, we would be able to sustain our essential operations. Our
supply chain for Accelerate Pheno systems and consumable test kits remains stable despite a high-degree of unpredictability in the broader
supply chain environment. However, like many industries experiencing inflationary pressures in raw materials, the direct costs to manufacture
our products are increasing and delivery schedules elongating.

For  example,  we  are  currently  experiencing  unprecedented  cost  increases  from  many  of  our  suppliers  primarily  as  a  result  of  the
ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic,  labor  and  supply  disruptions  and  increased  inflation.  The  areas  of  cost  increases  include  raw  materials,
components, and value-add supplier labor. We currently have sufficient inventory of Accelerate Pheno system instruments to limit the impact
of cost increases on such devices. However, we are being impacted by cost increases to components and raw materials necessary for the
production of our consumable test kits. Our ability to pass increased material costs to many of our customers is limited because of long-term
sales  agreements  with  limits  on  price  increases.  Accordingly,  we  are  closely  monitoring  the  ability  of  all  our  suppliers  to  provide  us  with
necessary materials and services at reasonable costs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Strategies—Disruptions in the
supply of raw materials, consumable goods or other key product components, or issues associated with their quality from our single source
suppliers, could result in a significant disruption in sales and profitability” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K for additional information.

Additionally,  the  Company  received  loan  proceeds  of  approximately  $4.8  million  under  the  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”)
established  under  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  (“CARES”)  Act.  During  January  2021,  the  Company  submitted  its
application for forgiveness to the lender, and on July 15, 2021, the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) informed the Company of its full
forgiveness in the amount of $4.8 million. For additional information about the loan, refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 10, Long-Term Debt of this
Form 10-K.

We  continue  to  monitor  the  evolving  impacts  to  our  business  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  We  may  take  further  actions
required  by  governmental  authorities  or  that  we  determine  are  prudent  to  support  the  well-being  of  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers,
business  partners  and  others.  The  degree  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  ultimately  impacts  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash
flows and financial position will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, continuously evolving and cannot be predicted.
This includes, but is not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic and its severity; the emergence and severity of its variants; the
actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, such as the availability and efficacy of vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of
the  virus)  and  potential  hesitancy  to  use  them;  the  financial  impact  of  COVID-19  on  hospitals,  including  to  their  budget  priorities;  hospital
staffing issues; general economic factors, such as increased inflation; global supply chain constraints and the related increase in costs; labor
supply issues; and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume.

Accordingly, our current results and financial condition discussed herein may not be indicative of future operating results and trends.

Refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K for additional risks we face due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

45

Changes in Results of Operations: Comparison of fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

The  Company  has  provided  enhanced  information  in  a  tabular  format  which  presents  some  of  the  captions  presented  on  the
statement of operations, less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity-based compensation expense. These figures are reconciled to the
statement  of  operations  and  are  intended  to  add  additional  clarity  on  the  operating  performance  of  the  business.  The  Company  believes
providing  such  figures  less  inventory  write-downs  and  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  provides  helpful  information  for
investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and our board of directors.

Net sales

$

11,782  $

11,165  $

617 

6 % $

11,165  $

9,297  $

1,868 

20 %

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

During the year ended December 31, 2021, total revenues increased primarily as a result of higher sales of Accelerate PhenoTest
BC Kits and service contract revenue compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue increased as
customers  completed  their  instrument  verifications  and  began  purchasing  kits.  Service  contract  revenue  increased  as  a  higher  number  of
customers entered into multi-year service agreements following the expiration of their warranty periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, total revenues increased as a result of higher sales of Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kits and
instruments compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue increased as customers completed their
instrument  verifications  and  began  purchasing  kits.  In  addition,  the  Company  recorded  increased  revenue  in  connection  with  sales-type
leases of Accelerate PhenoTest Systems during the year ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the prior period.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

Total cost of sales
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
cost of sales
Total cost of sales less inventory
write-down and non-cash equity-
based compensation

12,163 
4,500 

6,706 
— 

325 

351 

$

7,338  $

6,355  $

5,457 
4,500 

(26)

983 

81 %
100 %

6,706 
— 

4,897 
— 

1,809 
— 

(7)%

351 

277 

74 

15 % $

6,355  $

4,620  $

1,735 

37 %
100 %

27 %

38 %

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, total cost of sales increased compared to each of the previous years, which is

described below.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, total cost of sales included the components of cost of sales of products and services of $7.7
million, and a inventory write-down of $4.5 million which resulted in total cost of sales of $12.2 million. During the year ended December 31,
2021, total cost of sales less inventory write-downs and non-cash equity based compensation increased as a result of an increase in sales of
Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kit revenue, increases to our cost of manufacturing, and other factors compared to the year ended December 31,
2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, total cost of sales less non-cash equity based compensation increased as a result of an
increase  in  sales  and  sales-type  leases  of  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  and  Accelerate  PhenoTest  BC  Kits  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kits sales.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company took charges to cost of sales for inventory provisions primarily related to
the write-down of excess quantities of instrument raw materials and work in process, whose inventory levels were higher than our updated
forecasts of future demand for those products. Inventory

46

provisions  totaled  $4.5  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  with  no  inventory  provisions  recorded  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Cost  of  sales  includes  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  of  $0.3  million,  $0.4  million  and  $0.3  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The period over period changes were not considered meaningful. Non-cash equity-based
compensation cost is a component of manufacturing overhead and service cost of sales. Manufacturing overhead is capitalized as inventory
and relieved to cost of sales when consumable tests are sold to a customer, instruments are sold to a customer, or when instruments are
amortized to cost of sales.

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

Gross (loss) profit
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
gross (loss) profit
Gross (loss) profit less inventory
write-down and non-cash equity
based compensation

$
$

$

(381) $
4,500  $

4,459  $
—  $

(4,840)
4,500 

(109)% $
100 % $

4,459  $
—  $

4,400  $
—  $

325 

351 

(26)

(7)%

351 

277 

59 
— 

74 

4,444  $

4,810  $

(366)

(8)% $

4,810  $

4,677  $

133 

1 %
100 %

27 %

3 %

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred a gross loss primarily due to inventory provisions related to the
write-down of excess quantities of instrument raw materials and work in process, as described above, compared to a gross profit during the
year ended December 31, 2020.

Gross  (loss)  profit  less  inventory  write-downs  and  non-cash  equity  based  compensation  decreased  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to increases in costs to manufacture consumables due
to pandemic-related inflationary factors and a decrease in our average unit sales price period over period.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  gross  profit  increased  as  a  result  of  an  increase  in  sales  and  sales-type  leases  of
Accelerate Pheno systems and Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kits compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in Accelerate PhenoTest BC Kits sales. Gross profit increased at a slower rate than the increase in sales due to higher
revenue from sales-type leases of Accelerate PhenoTest systems. Gross profit on sales-type leases is generally lower than gross profit from
sales of Accelerate PhenoTest systems sold direct to customers.

Inventory without a cost basis was sold to customers for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Pre-launch inventory
previously not capitalized and expensed in a previous year for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million, $0.1
million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Research and development
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
research and development
Research and development less
non-cash equity-based
compensation

$

$

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

21,943  $

21,255  $

688 

3 % $

21,255  $

25,345  $

(4,090)

(16)%

4,102 

4,035 

67 

2 %

4,035 

4,115 

(80)

(2)%

17,841  $

17,220  $

621 

4 % $

17,220  $

21,230  $

(4,010)

(19)%

Research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily the result of an increase in costs related to the completion of the Accelerate Arc module and
associated BC kit, and development and contracted services used to

47

develop our next generation AST platform. This increase was partially offset by decreases in employee related expenses and engineering
supplies.

Research  and  development  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  decreased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended

December 31, 2019. The decrease was the result of a decrease in external studies spend and other cost containment measures.

Research and development expenses include non-cash equity-based compensation of $4.1 million, $4.0 million and $4.1 million for

the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The period over period changes were not considered meaningful.

Sales, general and administrative $
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
sales, general and administrative
Sales, general and administrative
less non-cash equity-based
compensation

$

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

49,236  $

46,904  $

2,332 

5 % $

46,904  $

51,886  $

(4,982)

(10)%

17,620 

12,078 

5,542 

46 %

12,078 

8,226 

3,852 

47 %

31,616  $

34,826  $

(3,210)

(9)% $

34,826  $

43,660  $

(8,834)

(20)%

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  increased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December  31,  2020  primarily  due  to  increases  in  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  expense  resulting  from  an  increased  number  of
RSUs granted compared to the prior year period. For the year ended December 31, 2021, sales, general and administrative expenses less
non-cash equity-based compensation decreased. This decrease is primarily the result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as hospitals have limited
access  to  their  facilities  to  primarily  focus  on  COVID-19  initiatives.  These  circumstances  resulted  in  decreased  expenses  associated  with
travel, trade shows, and instrument demonstration expenses. In addition, cost containment initiatives implemented in the prior year continued
to realize lower expenses in areas such as services and marketing.

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  decreased  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019. This decrease is primarily the result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as hospitals have limited access to their facilities to
primarily  focus  on  COVID-19  initiatives.  These  circumstances  resulted  in  decreased  expenses  associated  with  travel,  trade  shows,  and
instrument  demonstration  expenses.  In  addition  management  also  implemented  additional  cost  containment  initiatives  to  reduce  other
expenses such as services and marketing expenses.

Sales,  general  and  administrative  expenses  include  non-cash  equity-based  compensation  of  $17.6  million,  $12.1  million  and  $8.2
million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The  increase  of  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,
2021  as  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  was  primarily  the  result  of  larger  stock  option  and  stock  awards  granted  to
employees  in  the  current  year  period.  The  increase  of  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  as  compared  to  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019 was primarily the result of larger stock option and stock awards granted to employees period over period.

48

$

Loss from operations
Inventory write-down
Non-cash equity-based
compensation as a component of
loss from operations
Loss from operations less
inventory write-down and non-
cash equity based compensation $

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

(71,560) $
4,500 

(63,700) $
—  $

(7,860)
4,500 

12 % $

(63,700) $

(72,831) $

100 %

— 

— 

9,131 
— 

(13)%
100 %

22,047 

16,464  $

5,583 

34 %

16,464 

12,618 

3,846 

30 %

(45,013) $

(47,236) $

2,223 

(5)% $

(47,236) $

(60,213) $

12,977 

(22)%

During the year ended December 31, 2021, our loss from operations increased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020
primarily due to higher non-cash equity-based compensation expense, inventory provisions related to write-downs, which was partially offset
by higher revenues compared to the prior year period. During the year ended December 31, 2021, loss from operations less inventory write-
downs and non-cash equity-based compensation decreased due to the continued benefit of cost cutting measures which started in 2020 and
continued through 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, our loss from operations decreased compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.
This  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  a  decrease  in  research  and  development  expenses,  and  sales,  general  and  administrative
expenses, combined with an increase in net sales as described above.

Loss from operations includes non-cash equity-based compensation expense of $22.0 million, $16.5 million and $12.6 million for the
years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  increase  of  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily the result of larger stock option and stock awards granted to employees in the
current year period. The increase of expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019
was primarily the result of larger stock option and stock awards granted to employees period over period.

This loss and further losses are anticipated and are the result of our continued investments in sales and marketing, key research and

development program costs, and commercialization of the Company’s products.

Total other expense, net

$

(6,097) $

(14,503) $

8,406 

(58)% $

(14,503) $

(11,585) $

(2,918)

25 %

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

During the year ended December 31, 2021, other expense, net, decreased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due
to a gain on extinguishment of debt in connection with the forgiveness of the Company's PPP loan and the exchange transactions entered
into with respect to a portion of the Company’s outstanding convertible notes during the period. This gain was offset by interest expense for
the current period which was lower in the prior year period. During the year ended December 31, 2021, gain on extinguishment of debt was
$9.8 million which was partially offset by interest expense of $15.5 million.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  other  expense,  net,  increased  compared  to  the  previous  year.  The  increase  was
primarily  the  result  of  increased  interest  expense  and  lower  investment  income  during  2020  as  compared  to  2019  .  For  the  years  ended
December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company incurred interest expense of $15.6 million, and $14.3 million, respectively. These amounts were
partially offset by investment income of $0.9 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

49

(Provision) benefit for income
taxes

$

(45) $

(5) $

(40)

800 % $

(5) $

111  $

(116)

(105)%

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

December 31,
(in thousands)

December 31,
(in thousands)

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was subject to a small amount of current foreign and US state tax
expense.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  benefit  for  income  taxes  due  to  an  income  tax  refund  in
connection with restructuring a transfer pricing agreement of a foreign subsidiary.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our primary source of liquidity has been from sales of shares of our equity securities, the issuance of our convertible notes and cash
from  operations.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  $63.6  million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities,  a
decrease of $4.7 million from $68.3 million at December 31, 2020. The primary reason for the decrease was due to cash used in operations
during the period partially offset by the various capital financing activities that occurred during the period.

The  Company  is  subject  to  Lease  Agreements.  The  future  lease  obligations  under  the  Lease  Agreements  are  included  in  Item  8,

Note 16, Leases.

As of December 31, 2021, management believes that current cash balances will be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs
for  the  next  twelve  months.  Management  also  maintains  plans  to  continue  to  fund  the  operations  of  the  Company  and  to  achieve  self-
sustaining operations upon the realization of its sales generation and cost containment strategies beyond the next twelve months.

Our  primary  use  of  capital  has  been  for  the  commercialization  and  development  of  the  Accelerate  Pheno  system.  We  believe  our
capital  requirements  will  continue  to  be  met  with  our  existing  cash  balance  and  those  provided  under  revenue,  grants,  exercises  of  stock
options and/or additional issuance of equity or debt securities. However, if capital requirements vary materially from those currently planned,
we may require additional capital sooner than expected. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available in sufficient amounts
or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Additional issuances of equity or convertible debt securities will result in dilution to our current common
stockholders.

Summary of Cash Flows

The following summarizes selected items in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for years ended December 31 (in

thousands):

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash Flow Summary
(in thousands)

2021

2020

2019

$

(47,323) $
8,304 
43,226 

(50,394) $
13,606 
11,633 

(64,794)
52,811 
6,823 

The net cash used in operating activities was $47.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. Net cash used in operating
activities  was  primarily  the  result  of  net  losses,  partially  offset  by  gains  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  equity-based  compensation  and
amortization of debt discount and issuance costs.

The net cash used in operating activities was $50.4 million and $64.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of net losses offset by equity-based compensation and amortization
of debt discount and issuance costs.

50

These losses are the result of continued investments in research and development to further mature the Accelerate Pheno system,
develop ancillary products, including the Accelerate Arc system and our next generation AST Pheno system, and sales and marketing, along
with other factors.

Cash flows from investing activities

The net cash provided by investing activities was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company had maturities

of marketable securities of $38.7 million which were offset in part by purchases of marketable securities of $30.1 million.

The net cash provided by investing activities was $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company had maturities

of marketable securities of $61.9 million which were offset in part by purchases of marketable securities of $46.9 million.

The net cash provided by investing activities was $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company had maturities
of  marketable  securities  of  $88.9  million  and  proceeds  from  sales  of  marketable  securities  of  $14.5  million,  which  were  offset  in  part  by
purchases of marketable securities of $50.2 million

Cash flows from financing activities

The net cash provided by financing activities was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company had proceeds
from  the  issuance  of  common  and  preferred  shares  of  $42.9  million  as  well  as  proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  of  $1.9  million,
which were partially offset by other less significant items.

The net cash provided by financing activities was $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and was primarily comprised
of  proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  and  long-term  debt.  Proceeds  from  equity  compensation  plans  was  $6.1  million,  while  the
Company  received  $5.6  million  in  proceeds  from  long-term  debt,  $4.8  million  of  which  consists  of  proceeds  from  the  PPP  loan  described
below.

The net cash provided by financing activities was $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, and was primarily comprised of

proceeds from equity compensation plans.

Convertible Notes

On  March  27,  2018,  the  Company  issued  $150.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  2.50%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  (the
“Notes”). In connection with the offering of the Notes, the Company granted the initial purchasers an option to purchase additional amounts.
The  option  was  partially  exercised,  which  resulted  in  $21.5  million  of  additional  proceeds,  for  total  proceeds  of  $171.5  million.  The Notes
mature  on  March  15,  2023,  unless  earlier  repurchased  or  converted  into  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  certain  conditions.  Upon
conversion  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  will  pay  or  deliver,  as  the  case  may  be,  cash,  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  or  a
combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company's election. The initial conversion rate of the Notes is 32.3428 shares of
common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $30.92 per share
of common stock, subject to adjustment. We pay interest on the Notes semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year
with interest payments beginning on September 15, 2018. Proceeds received from the issuance of the Notes were allocated between long-
term debt (the “liability component”) and contributed capital (the “equity component”), within the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of
the liability component was measured using rates determined for similar debt instruments without a conversion feature.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into separate exchange agreements with certain holders of the
Notes. Under  the  terms  of  the  exchange  agreements,  such  holders  agreed  to  exchange  Notes  held  by  them  for  shares  of  the  Company’s
common  stock  (the  “Exchange  Transactions”).  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  $51.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Notes  were  exchanged  for  6,602,974  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  in  the  Exchange  Transactions.  After  giving  effect  to  such
exchanges, the total principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was $120.5 million.

In connection with the offering of the Notes, we entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (the “Prepaid Forward”)

with a financial institution. Pursuant to the Prepaid Forward, we used approximately $45.1

51

million of the proceeds from the offering of the Notes to pay the prepayment amount. The aggregate number of our common stock underlying
the Prepaid Forward is approximately 1,858,500 shares (based on the sale price of $24.25). The expiration date for the Prepaid Forward is
March 15, 2023, although it may be settled earlier in whole or in part. Upon settlement of the Prepaid Forward, at expiration or upon any early
settlement, the Forward Counterparty will deliver to us the number of shares of common stock underlying the Prepaid Forward or the portion
thereof being settled early. The shares purchased under the Prepaid Forward were treated as treasury stock on the consolidated balance
sheet (and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share), but remain outstanding for corporate law
purposes, including for purposes of any future stockholders' votes, until the Forward Counterparty delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid
Forward to us.

Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) Loan

On April 14, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note (the “PPP Note”) evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of
$4.8 million. The PPP Note was to mature on April 14, 2025 and bore interest at a rate of 1% per annum. Beginning August 14, 2021, the
Company was required to make 45 monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $0.1 million. The proceeds from the PPP
Note could only be used for payroll costs (including benefits), interest on mortgage obligations, rent, utilities and interest on certain other debt
obligations.

Pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act and the PPP, the Company could apply to the lender for forgiveness for the amount due on
the PPP Note. The amount eligible for forgiveness was based on the amount of loan proceeds used by the Company (during the 24 week
period  after  the  lender  made  the  first  disbursement  of  loan  proceeds)  for  the  payment  of  certain  covered  costs,  including  payroll  costs
(including benefits), rent and utilities, subject to certain limitations and reductions in accordance with the CARES Act and the PPP. During
January 2021, the Company submitted its application for forgiveness to the lender. During July 2021, the SBA informed the Company of its
full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which was $4.8 million. The SBA’s determination of loan forgiveness does
not preclude further investigation by the SBA according to its rules and regulations.

Other notes payable

The  Company  entered  into  three  loan  agreements  with  two  capital  asset  financing  companies  in  2020.  Loan  proceeds  were
$0.8  million,  with  interest  rates  ranging  from  9.8%  to  12.4%  and  maturities  becoming  due  through  2022.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the
current portion of long-term debt was $0.1 million.

At-The-Market Equity Sales Agreement

On  May  28,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Sales  Agreement  with  William  Blair  pursuant  to  which  it  may  sell  shares  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  having  an  aggregate  offering  price  of  up  to  $50  million,  from  time  to  time,  through  an  “at-the-market”  equity
offering program under which William Blair will act as sales agent. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sales Agreement, William Blair
may sell shares by any method deemed to be an “at-the-market” offering as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company is
not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales Agreement. William Blair is entitled to a commission of 3% of the aggregate gross proceeds
from  each  sale  of  shares  occurring  pursuant  to  the  Sales  Agreement.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  sold
2,092,497 shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.9 million.

Other sales of equity securities

On  December  24,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  (the  “December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement”)  with  certain  purchasers  for  the  issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  shares  of  its  common  stock.  The  purchasers  were
comprised  of  certain  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company,  or  entities  affiliated  or  related  to  such  persons.  On  September  17,  2021,  the
Company  entered  into  a  rescission  agreement  with  certain  of  the  purchasers  (the  “Schuler  Purchasers”)  in  order  to,  among  other  things,
rescind  and  unwind  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  for  all  legal,  tax  and  financial  purposes  ab  initio  as  if  the  related
transactions, including the issuance and sale of the shares, had never occurred with respect to the Schuler Purchasers and the Company.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 201,820 shares of common stock to the other purchasers and received total
proceeds  of  approximately  $1.5  million  under  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  after  giving  effect  to  the  rescission
agreement.

52

On September 22, 2021, the Company entered into a new securities purchase agreement (the “September 2021 Securities Purchase
Agreement”) with the Schuler Purchasers for the issuance and sale by the Company of the Company’s newly designated Series A Preferred
Stock.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  issued  3,954,546  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  the  Schuler
Purchasers and received total proceeds of approximately $30.5 million under the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement.

Contractual Obligations

The  Company  has  certain  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  as  disclosed  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  Note  15,
Commitments and Contingencies that do not meet the definition of long term debt obligations, capital leases, operating leases or purchase
obligations. The Company has entered into Lease Agreements as described in Part I, Item 2, Properties and Part II, Item 8, Note 16, Leases.
The Company has entered into Long-Term Debt as described in Part II, Item 8, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. The Company has entered into the
Notes as described above and in Part II, Item 8, Note 11, Convertible Notes. The future expected payment obligations under our agreements
over the next five years are (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations
Operating lease obligations
Long term debt
Deferred compensation
Convertible notes
Convertible notes interest
Total

Payments due by Period
(in thousands)
2022

2023

Total

$

$

3,479  $
80 
840 
120,500 
3,762 
128,661  $

856  $
80 
— 
— 
3,012 
3,948  $

968  $
— 
— 
120,500 
750 

122,218  $

2024

2025

2026

1,055  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,055  $

600  $
— 
406 
— 
— 
1,006  $

— 
— 
434 
— 
— 
434 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A  discussion  relating  to  recent  accounting  pronouncements  can  be  found  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  Note  2,  Summary  of  Significant

Accounting Policies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated  financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of
these  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial
statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments. We base our estimates on historical
experience and on various other factors that are believed to be appropriate under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ
from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we

believe that the following judgments are most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first
out  method.  The  Company  estimates  the  recoverability  of  inventory  by  reference  to  internal  estimates  of  future  demands  and  product  life
cycles, including expiration. The  Company  periodically  analyzes  its  inventory  levels  to  identify  inventory  that  may  expire  prior  to  expected
sale or has a cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

53

We  charge  cost  of  sales  for  inventory  provisions  to  write-down  our  inventory  to  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  or  for
obsolete  or  excess  inventory.  Most  of  our  inventory  provisions  relate  to  excess  quantities  of  products,  based  on  our  inventory  levels  and
future  product  purchase  commitments  compared  to  assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Once  inventory  has  been
written-off or written-down, it creates a new cost basis for the inventory that is not subsequently written-up.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 6, Inventory, for further information and related disclosures.

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments  under  rental  agreements  and  instruments  used  for  research  and  development.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  used  for
sales  demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments
placed  at  customer  sites  pursuant  to  reagent  rental  agreements  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales.  Depreciation  expense  for
instruments used in our laboratory and research is recorded as a component of research and development expense. The Company retains
title to these instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and
expenses.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its instruments whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of
future cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the
estimated fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments
installed at customer sites under rental agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments
are  installed  to  when  revenue  is  initially  generated.  The  Company’s  evaluation  for  impairment  included  consideration  of  the  cash  flows  of
current  revenue  generating  instruments,  the  length  of  time  to  recover  the  carrying  value,  the  historical  rate  of  returned  instruments  from
customers  and  the  Company’s  ability  to  resell  or  repurpose  used  instruments.  As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  evaluation,  no  impairment
charges were recorded at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 7, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Convertible Notes

The Company accounts for its convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash or equity upon conversion, which currently
consist of the 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”), by separating the liability and equity components of the instruments in
a manner that reflects our nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The Company determined the carrying amount of the liability component of the
Notes  by  using  estimates  and  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  a  debt  instrument.  These  estimates  and
assumptions are judgmental in nature and could have a significant impact on the determination of the debt component, and the associated
non-cash interest expense.

The equity component is treated as a discount on the liability component of the Notes, which is amortized over the term of the Notes
using the effective interest rate method. Debt issuance costs related to the Notes are allocated to the liability and equity components of the
Notes  based  on  their  relative  values.  Debt  issuance  costs  allocated  to  the  liability  component  are  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  Notes  as
additional  non-cash  interest  expense.  Transaction  costs  allocated  to  equity  are  netted  with  the  equity  component  of  the  convertible  debt
instrument in stockholders’ deficit.

Extinguishment of Debt

The  Company  accounts  for  an  extinguishment  of  debt  when  it's  relieved  of  it’s  obligation  to  pay  the  debt,  or  when  it  is  is  legally

released from being the primary obligor under the liability, either judicially or by the creditor.

In  an  early  extinguishment  of  debt  through  exchange  for  common  stock,  the  reacquisition  price  of  the  extinguished  debt  is

determined by the value of the common stock issued or the value of the debt—whichever is

54

more  clearly  evident.  Gains  or  losses  on  extinguishment  of  debt  is  determined  by  comparing  the  consideration  allocated  to  the  liability
component to the sum of the carrying value of the liability component, net of the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and
remaining unamortized debt issuance costs.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised good or service is transferred to its customers, in an amount that
reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  Sales  taxes  are  excluded  from
revenues.

Identification of the contract with a customer
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:
•
•
• Determination of the transaction price
•
• Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When
a consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized.
Payment terms vary by the type and location of the customer and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when
payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term beginning on the effective date of the contract because the Company is standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

The  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  the  Company
allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Company generally determines relative
standalone selling prices based on the price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract
with a customer. The  Company  has  determined  these  costs  would  have  an  amortization  period  of  less  than  one  year  and  has  elected  to
recognize  them  as  an  expense  when  incurred.  Contract  asset  opening  and  closing  balances  were  immaterial  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, which was adopted on January 1, 2019. We determine if an
arrangement is or contains a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-
type leases (lessor) when there is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an
option to purchase the asset that we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic
life of the asset, the present value of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value
of  the  asset,  or  the  asset  is  of  such  a  specialized  nature  that  it  will  have  no  alternative  use  to  the  lessor  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term.
Payments contingent on future events (i.e. based on usage) are considered variable and excluded from lease payments for the purposes of
classification and initial measurement. Several of the Company’s leases include options to renew or extend the term upon mutual agreement
of  the  parties  and  others  include  one-year  extensions  exercisable  by  the  lessee.  None  of  the  Company’s  leases  contain  residual  value
guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction
and use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

55

Lessee

Operating leases are included in right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities within our consolidated balance sheets.
These assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease
payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value
of  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  Typically,  we  use  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at
commencement in determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. ROU assets are net
of lease payments made and exclude lease incentives. We elect not to separate the lease components from the non-lease components for
all classes of underlying assets. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which may
include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option. As of December 31, 2021 and
2020 the Company was not a party to any finance lease arrangements.

The  Company’s  operating  leases  consist  primarily  of  leased  office,  factory,  and  laboratory  space  in  the  U.S.  and  office  space  in

Europe, have between two and six-year terms, and typically contain penalizing, early-termination provisions.

Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  commercial  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to
purchase consumable products over a stated term, typically five years or less, for a volume-based price that includes an embedded rental for
the instruments. When collectibility is probable, the amount is recognized as income at lease commencement for sales-type leases and as
product is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause
or penalty provision given a short notice period.

Consideration  is  allocated  between  lease  and  non-lease  components  based  on  stand-alone  selling  price  in  accordance  with  ASC

606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and ASC 842, Leases.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current assets and
other non-current assets, which include the present value of lease payments not yet received and the present value of the residual asset,
which are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate implicit in the
lease, and expected fair value of the instrument.

See Part II, Item 8, Note 16, Leases for further information.

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  awards  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method)  except  for  performance-based  awards.  Performance-based  awards  vest  based  on  the
achievement  of  performance  targets.  Compensation  costs  associated  with  performance-based  awards  are  recognized  over  the  requisite
service  period  based  on  probability  of  achievement.  Performance-based  awards  require  management  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the
likelihood of achieving performance targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions
related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

•

•

Volatility: The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.
Expected term: The estimate expected term for employee awards is based on a simplified method that considers an insufficient
history of employee exercises. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the same as the life of the award.

• Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on published U.S. Treasury rates for a term

56

commensurate with the expected term.

• Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have

any plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or stock grants based on the published closing market price on the day before the grant

date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required for a smaller reporting company.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 42)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

57

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31,
2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial
statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the
Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our
audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to
error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The  communication  of  the  critical  audit
matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating
the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Valuation of Instruments in Inventory and Property and Equipment

Description of the Matter

As  explained  in  Note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  evaluates  the  net  realizable  value  of  instrument
inventory, including finished goods, and work in process and raw materials available for conversion into finished goods, and the recoverability
of the carrying amounts of instruments classified as property and equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2021, management recorded
a charge of $4.5 million to reduce the carrying value of instrument inventory.

Auditing management's estimate of the net realizable value of instrument inventory and the recoverability of the carrying amounts of

instruments classified as property and equipment by reference to the Company’s forecasted

58

use  of  such  instruments  to  generate  future  revenues  involved  subjective  auditor  judgment.  This  is  due  to  the  estimation  of  the  number  of
instruments available to meet customer demand which are not generating revenue during the year ended December 31, 2021, the variability
in length of time from placement of an instrument at a customer site to when the instrument either begins to generate revenue or is returned
to the Company, and the assumptions inherent in management’s ability to accurately forecast revenue generation from these instruments.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

Our  substantive  audit  procedures  included,  among  others,  evaluating  the  significant  assumptions  used  in  management’s
recoverability analysis, in addition to assessing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used. We compared the carrying value
of instrument inventory, including finished goods, and work in process and raw materials available for conversion into finished goods, and
instruments installed at customer sites under operating leases to management’s recoverability analysis and tested key assumptions including
the  Company’s  rate  of  returned  instruments  and  ability  to  accurately  forecast  revenue  generation  from  these  instruments.  Our  procedures
over  these  assumptions  included  comparing  the  rate  of  returned  instruments  assumption  to  historical  return  rates,  testing  the  accuracy  of
historical return rates, testing the accuracy of instruments currently under contract to be installed at customer sites in the future, assessing
the  reasonableness  of  forecasted  demand  and  performing  a  sensitivity  analysis  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  changes  in  these  significant
assumptions to the valuation of these instruments.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.
Phoenix, Arizona
March 14, 2022

59

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

$

$

$

December 31,

2021

2020

39,898  $
23,720 
2,320 
5,067 
768 
1,558 
73,331 
5,389 
2,510 
1,817 
83,047  $

1,983  $
2,853 
909 
451 
80 
669 
6,945 
2,381 
808 
— 
107,984 
118,118 

35,781 
32,488 
1,550 
9,216 
1,172 
1,780 
81,987 
6,135 
3,183 
2,120 
93,425 

1,290 
2,991 
1,262 
376 
553 
497 
6,969 
3,063 
335 
4,659 
141,211 
156,237 

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Investments
Trade accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Right of use assets
Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued interest
Deferred revenue
Current portion of long-term debt
Current operating lease liability

Total current liabilities
Non-current operating lease liability
Other non-current liabilities
Long-term debt
Convertible notes
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' deficit:
Preferred shares, $0.001 par value;

5,000,000 preferred shares authorized and 3,954,546 outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 5,000,000 preferred shares
authorized and none outstanding as of December 31, 2020

4 

— 

Common stock, $0.001 par value;

100,000,000 common shares authorized with 67,649,018 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2021 and
85,000,000 common shares authorized with 57,607,939 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2020
Contributed capital
Treasury stock
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

Total stockholders' deficit

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

60

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68 
580,652 
(45,067)
(570,668)
(60)
(35,071)
83,047  $

58 
475,072 
(45,067)
(492,966)
91 
(62,812)
93,425 

$

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

Cost of sales:

Cost of sales of products and services
Inventory write-down
Total cost of sales

Gross (loss) profit

Costs and expenses:

Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total costs and expenses

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$

11,782  $

11,165  $

9,297 

7,663 
4,500 
12,163 

(381)

21,943 
49,236 
71,179 

6,706 
— 
6,706 

4,459 

21,255 
46,904 
68,159 

4,897 
— 
4,897 

4,400 

25,345 
51,886 
77,231 

Loss from operations

(71,560)

(63,700)

(72,831)

Other income (expense):

Interest expense
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Foreign currency exchange (loss) gain
Interest and dividend income
Other expense, net
Total other expense, net

Net loss before income taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes

Net loss

Basic and diluted net loss per share
Weighted average shares outstanding

Other comprehensive loss:

Net loss
Net unrealized (loss) gain on investments
Foreign currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive loss

(15,545)
9,793 
(413)
88 
(20)
(6,097)

(15,550)
— 
252 
855 
(60)
(14,503)

(77,657)
(45)

(77,702) $

(78,203)
(5)

(78,208) $

(1.26) $

61,727 

(1.40) $

56,010 

(77,702) $

(34)
(117)
(77,853) $

(78,208) $

(2)
151 
(78,059) $

(14,256)
— 
(124)
2,809 
(14)
(11,585)

(84,416)
111 
(84,305)

(1.55)
54,506 

(84,305)
193 
(102)
(84,214)

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(in thousands)

Preferred 
Shares

Preferred
Stock
Amount

Common 
Shares

Common
Stock
Amount

Contributed
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury 
stock

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

—  $
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3,955 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
3,955  $

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
4 

54,232  $

— 
56 

396 

25 

— 

— 

— 
54,709 
— 

2,858 

41 

— 

— 

— 
— 
57,608 
— 
4,937 
(2,643)
— 

1,090 

54 

— 

— 

6,603 

— 

67,649  $

54  $
— 
— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 
55 
— 

3 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
58 
— 
5 
(3)
— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

7 

432,885  $

— 
1,000 

5,364 

458 

— 

— 

12,637 
452,344 
— 

6,059 

359 

— 

— 

— 
16,310 
475,072 
— 
32,400 
(20,297)
30,446 

1,619 

326 

— 

— 

38,896 

— 
68  $

22,190 
580,652  $

(330,348) $
(84,305)
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(45,067) $

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(414,653)
(78,208)

— 
(45,067)
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(105)
— 
(492,966)
(77,702)
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
(45,067)
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(570,668) $

(45,067) $

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

(149) $
— 
— 

— 

— 

193 

(102)

— 
(58)
— 

— 

— 

(2)

151 

— 
— 
91 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

(34)

(117)

— 

— 
(60) $

57,375 
(84,305)
1,000 

5,365 

458 

193 

(102)

12,637 
(7,379)
(78,208)

6,062 

359 

(2)

151 

(105)

16,310 
(62,812)
(77,702)
32,405 
(20,300)
30,450 

1,620 

326 

(34)

(117)

38,903 

22,190 
(35,071)

Balances, January 1, 2019
Net loss
Issuance of common stock
Exercise of options and restricted
stock awards issued
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized gain on investments

Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Equity-based compensation
Balances, December 31, 2019
Net loss
Exercise of options and restricted
stock awards issued
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized gain on investments
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Cumulative impact of accounting
change
Equity-based compensation
Balances, December 31, 2020
Net loss
Issuance of common stock
Cancellation of common stock
Issuance of preferred stock
Exercise of options and restricted
stock awards issued
Issuance of common stock under
employee purchase plan
Unrealized loss on investments
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Issuance of shares to retire
Convertible Senior Notes
Equity-based compensation
Balances, December 31, 2021

62

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of investment discount
Equity-based compensation expense
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Realized loss on available-for-sale securities
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Gain on extinguishment of debt
Inventory write-down

(Increase) decrease in assets:

Contributions to deferred compensation plan
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expense and other assets
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Accrued interest
Deferred revenue and income
Deferred compensation

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of equipment
Purchase of marketable securities
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities

Net cash provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of common and preferred shares, net
Proceeds from exercise of options
Proceeds from issuance of common stocks under employee purchase plan
Proceeds from debt
Payment of debt
Debt exchange and common stock issuance cost

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate on cash

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

$

(77,702) $

(78,208) $

(84,305)

2,518 
226 
22,047 
11,542 
— 
(75)
(9,793)
4,500 

(484)
(770)
(415)
1,014 

273 
(469)
(283)
75 
473 
(47,323)

(603)
(30,081)
250 
38,738 
8,304 

42,880 
1,620 
326 
— 
(360)
(1,240)
43,226 

(90)

2,997 
99 
16,464 
11,168 
3 
785 
— 
— 

(357)
1,592 
(1,356)
(2,087)

(1,006)
(909)
— 
105 
316 
(50,394)

(1,362)
(46,933)
— 
61,901 
13,606 

359 
5,703 
359 
5,578 
(366)
— 
11,633 

(78)

4,117 
35,781 
39,898  $

(25,233)
61,014 
35,781  $

$

2,602 
(427)
12,618 
9,969 
— 
837 
— 
— 

— 
(1,362)
(3,655)
(752)

988 
(1,327)
— 
54 
(34)
(64,794)

(330)
(50,226)
14,500 
88,867 
52,811 

1,458 
4,907 
458 
— 
— 
— 
6,823 

(86)

(5,246)
66,260 
61,014 

63

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands)

Non-cash investing activities:

Net transfer of instruments from inventory to property and equipment

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net of refunds
Extinguishment of Convertible Senior Notes through issuance of common stock

$

$
$
$

688  $

1,525  $

4,288  $
—  $
38,902  $

4,288  $
43  $
—  $

3,361 

4,288 
41 
— 

Years Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

64

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS; BASIS OF PRESENTATION; PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we” or “us” or “our” or “Accelerate” or “the Company”) is an in vitro diagnostics company dedicated to

providing solutions that improve patient outcomes and lower healthcare costs through the rapid diagnosis of serious infections.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting
principles, (“U.S. GAAP”), and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding annual
financial reporting.

All amounts are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  after  elimination  of

intercompany transactions and balances.

Reclassification

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current year presentation and had no effect on our net

loss, stockholders’ deficit or cash flows.

Risk and Uncertainties

The future success of the Company is dependent on its ability to successfully commercialize its products, obtain regulatory clearance
for and successfully launch its future product candidates, obtain additional capital and ultimately attain profitable operations. Historically, the
Company has funded its operations primarily through multiple equity raises and one convertible debt offering. The Company is subject to a
number  of  risks  similar  to  other  early  commercial  stage  life  science  companies,  including,  but  not  limited  to  commercially  launching  the
Company’s  products,  development  and  market  acceptance  of  the  Company’s  product  candidates,  development  by  its  competitors  of  new
technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, and raising additional capital.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  caused,  business  slowdowns  or  shutdowns  in  affected  areas,  both  regionally  and  worldwide,  which
has significantly impacted our business and results of operations, starting in the first quarter of 2020. This included diminished access to our
customers, principally hospitals, which has severely limited our ability to sell or implement our products. Furthermore, our expected rate of
growth of our consumable test kit sales has been reduced because of the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on Accelerate Pheno
system  new  sales  and  implementations.  The  Company  has  reviewed  its  suppliers  and  quantities  of  key  materials  and  believes  that  it  has
sufficient  stocks  and  alternate  sources  of  critical  materials  should  the  supply  chains  become  disrupted,  although  raw  materials  for  the
manufacturing of reagents is in high demand, and interruptions in supply are difficult to predict. The COVID-19 pandemic also caused the
Company to reassess its build plan and evaluate its inventories accordingly, which resulted in additional charges to cost of sales for excess
inventories.

The  Company  may  seek  to  fund  its  operations  through  public  equity,  private  equity  or  debt  financings,  as  well  as  other  sources.
However, the Company may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed, on favorable terms, or
at all. The Company’s failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements if and when needed would have a negative impact on the
Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and the Company’s ability to develop new products. To the extent that we raise
additional funds through the sale of equity, issue convertible debt securities or exchange convertible debt for equity, the issuance of securities
will result in dilution to our stockholders. Investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing
stockholders. In addition, we have a significant number of options outstanding. If the holders of these options exercise such securities, further
dilution may occur.

65

Liquidity

The  Company  continues  to  assess  liquidity  needs  and  manage  cash  flows.  As  a  result  of  the  steps  the  Company  has  taken  to
enhance its liquidity, the Company currently believes that cash on hand and cash flows from operations will enable the Company to meet its
working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for at least one year from the date this Form 10-K is issued.
The Company’s view regarding sufficiency of cash and liquidity is primarily based on our financial forecast for 2022 and the first quarter of
2023,  which  is  impacted  by  various  assumptions  regarding  demand  and  sales  prices  for  our  products.  Our  financial  forecasts  in  recent
periods have proven less reliable due to conditions created by the pandemic. As a result, there is no guarantee that our financial forecast,
which projects sufficient cash will be available to meet planned operating expenses and other cash needs, will be accurate. In the event that
the Company experiences lower customer demand, lower prices for its products and services, or higher expenses than it forecasted or if the
Company underperforms relative to its forecast, the Company could experience negative cash flows from operations, as has been the case
in prior years, which would reduce its cash balances and liquidity.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  related  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  The  more  significant
areas  requiring  the  use  of  management  estimates  and  assumptions  relate  to  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  property  and  equipment,
accrued  liabilities,  warranty  liabilities,  convertible  notes,  tax  valuation  accounts,  equity–based  compensation,  revenue  and  leases.  Actual
results could differ materially from those estimates.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company  follows  ASC  820, Fair  Value  Measurement,  which  has  defined  fair  value  and  requires  the  Company  to  establish  a
framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  disclose  fair  value  measurements.  The  framework  requires  the  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities
subject  to  fair  value  measurements  using  a  three  tiered  approach  and  fair  value  measurement  be  classified  and  disclosed  in  one  of  the
following three categories:

•

•

•

Level  1:  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date  for  identical,  unrestricted
assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs
that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
Level  3:  Prices  or  valuation  techniques  that  require  inputs  that  are  both  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  and
unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).

The  carrying  amounts  of  financial  instruments  such  as  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  accounts  receivable,  prepaid  expenses,
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other current liabilities approximate the related fair values due to the short-
term maturities of these instruments.

See Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for further information and related disclosures regarding the Company’s fair value

measurements.

The estimated fair value of the Company’s convertible notes represents a Level 2 measurement. See Note 11, Convertible Notes for

further detail on the Company’s convertible notes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  time  of  purchase  are  considered  to  be  cash
equivalents.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  overnight  repurchase  agreement  accounts  and  other  investments.  As  part  of  our  cash
management process, excess operating cash is invested in overnight repurchase agreements with our bank. Repurchase agreements and
other investments classified as cash and cash equivalents are not deposits and are not insured by the U.S. Government, the FDIC or any
other government agency and involve investment risk including possible loss of principal. We believe however, that the market risk

66

arising from holding these financial instruments is minimal.

Investments

The Company invests in various debt and equity securities which are primarily held in the custody of major financial institutions. Debt
securities  consist  of  certificates  of  deposit,  U.S.  government  and  agency  securities,  commercial  paper,  and  corporate  notes  and  bonds.
Equity  securities  consist  of  mutual  funds.  The  Company  records  these  investments  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  at  fair  value.
Unrealized  gains  or  losses  for  debt  securities  available-for-sale  and  are  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  a
component of stockholders’ deficit. Unrealized gains or losses for equity securities are included in other income (expense), net, a component
of  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss.  The  Company  considers  all  debt  securities  available-for-sale,  including  those  with
maturity  dates  beyond  12  months,  as  available  to  support  current  operational  liquidity  needs.  The  Company  classifies  its  investments  as
current based on the nature of the investments and their availability for use in current operations.

We  perform  an  assessment  to  determine  whether  there  have  been  any  events  or  economic  circumstances  to  indicate  that  a  debt
security available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position has suffered impairment as a result of credit loss or other factors. A debt security is
considered impaired if its fair value is less than its amortized cost basis at the reporting date.

If we intend to sell the debt security or if it is more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery
of  its  amortized  cost  basis,  the  impairment  is  recognized  and  the  unrealized  loss  is  recorded  as  a  direct  write-down  of  the  security's
amortized cost basis with an offsetting entry to earnings. If we do not intend to sell the debt security or believe we will not be required to sell
the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is assessed to determine if a credit loss component exists.
We  use  a  discounted  cash  flow  method  to  determine  the  credit  loss  component.  In  the  event  a  credit  loss  exists,  an  allowance  for  credit
losses is recorded in earnings for the credit loss component of the impairment while the remaining portion of the impairment attributable to
factors  other  than  credit  loss  is  recognized,  net  of  tax,  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  The  amount  of  impairment
recognized due to credit factors is limited to the excess of the amortized cost basis over the fair value of the security.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company determines the cost of inventory using the first-in, first
out  method.  The  Company  estimates  the  recoverability  of  inventory  by  reference  to  internal  estimates  of  future  demands  and  product  life
cycles, including expiration. The  Company  periodically  analyzes  its  inventory  levels  to  identify  inventory  that  may  expire  prior  to  expected
sale or has a cost basis in excess of its estimated realizable value and records a charge to expense for such inventory as appropriate.

We  charge  cost  of  sales  for  inventory  provisions  to  write-down  our  inventory  to  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  or  for
obsolete  or  excess  inventory.  Most  of  our  inventory  provisions  relate  to  excess  quantities  of  products,  based  on  our  inventory  levels  and
future  product  purchase  commitments  compared  to  assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Once  inventory  has  been
written-off or written-down, it creates a new cost basis for the inventory that is not subsequently written-up.

See Note 6, Inventory, for further information and related disclosures.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company for sales to customers and are based on what we expect to collect in
exchange  for  goods  and  services.  Receivables  are  considered  past  due  based  on  the  contractual  payment  terms  and  are  written  off  if
reasonable collection efforts prove unsuccessful.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses for expected uncollectible accounts receivable, which is recorded as an offset to accounts
receivable  and  changes  in  such  are  classified  as  general  and  administrative  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We
assess collectibility by reviewing accounts receivable on a collective basis where similar characteristics exist and on an individual basis when
we identify specific customers with known disputes or collectibility issues. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we
consider historical collectibility and make judgments about the creditworthiness of customers based on credit

67

evaluations. Our customers typically have good credit quality. We also consider customer-specific information, current market conditions and
reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions to inform adjustments to historical loss data.

The allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31 is comprised of the following (in thousands):

Beginning balance
Provisions
Write-offs

2021

2020

$

$

445 
123 
(428)
140  $

— 
684 
(239)
445 

The write-offs recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, were primarily due to a one time restructuring activity
of the Company's Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) business. These credit losses were incurred as part of the Company terminating
agreements with select distributors in geographies it exited and did not pursue collection of these accounts receivables.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred  and  expenditures  for
major improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses from retirement or replacement are included in costs and expenses. Depreciation of
property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets, ranging from one to seven
years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the remaining life of the lease or the life of the asset, whichever is less.

Instruments Classified as Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  Accelerate  Pheno  systems  (also  referred  to  as  instruments)  used  for  sales  demonstrations,
instruments  under  rental  agreements  and  instruments  used  for  research  and  development.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments  used  for
sales  demonstrations  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Depreciation  expense  for  instruments
placed  at  customer  sites  pursuant  to  reagent  rental  agreements  is  recorded  as  a  component  of  cost  of  sales.  Depreciation  expense  for
instruments used in our laboratory and research is recorded as a component of research and development expense. The Company retains
title to these instruments and depreciates them over five years. Losses from the retirement of returned instruments are included in costs and
expenses.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its instruments whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, and at least annually. This evaluation is based on our estimate of
future cash flows and the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the
estimated fair value are insufficient to recover the carrying amount of instruments.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  identified  potential  impairment  indicators  related  to  instruments
installed at customer sites under rental agreement that have not yet generated revenue and the length of time from when these instruments
are  installed  to  when  revenue  is  initially  generated.  The  Company’s  evaluation  for  impairment  included  consideration  of  the  cash  flows  of
current  revenue  generating  instruments,  the  length  of  time  to  recover  the  carrying  value,  the  historical  rate  of  returned  instruments  from
customers  and  the  Company’s  ability  to  resell  or  repurpose  used  instruments.  As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  evaluation,  no  impairment
charges were recorded at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

See Note 7, Property and Equipment, for further information and related disclosures.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be

68

recoverable. The Company continuously evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets based on estimated future cash flows from and
the estimated fair value of such long-lived assets, and provides for impairment if such undiscounted cash flows or the estimated fair value are
insufficient to recover the carrying amount of the long-lived asset.

Warranty Reserve

Instruments are typically sold with a one year limited warranty, while kits and accessories are typically sold with a sixty days limited
warranty. Accordingly,  a  provision  for  the  estimated  cost  of  the  limited  warranty  repair  is  recorded  at  the  time  revenue  is  recognized.  Our
estimated  warranty  provision  is  based  on  our  estimate  of  future  repair  events  and  the  related  estimated  cost  of  repairs.  The  Company
periodically assesses the adequacy of the warranty reserve and adjusts the amount as necessary. The cost incurred for these provisions is
included in cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Product warranty reserve activity for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

Beginning balance
Provisions
Warranty cost incurred

Convertible Notes

2021

2020

2019

232  $
(22)
(71)
139  $

403  $
13 
(184)
232  $

215 
411 
(223)
403 

$

$

The Company accounts for its convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash or equity upon conversion, which currently
consist of the 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”), by separating the liability and equity components of the instruments in
a manner that reflects our nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. The Company determined the carrying amount of the liability component of the
Notes  by  using  estimates  and  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  a  debt  instrument.  These  estimates  and
assumptions are judgmental in nature and could have a significant impact on the determination of the debt component, and the associated
non-cash interest expense.

The equity component is treated as a discount on the liability component of the Notes, which is amortized over the term of the Notes
using the effective interest rate method. Debt issuance costs related to the Notes are allocated to the liability and equity components of the
Notes  based  on  their  relative  values.  Debt  issuance  costs  allocated  to  the  liability  component  are  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  Notes  as
additional  non-cash  interest  expense.  Transaction  costs  allocated  to  equity  are  netted  with  the  equity  component  of  the  convertible  debt
instrument in stockholders’ deficit.

Extinguishment of Debt

The  Company  accounts  for  an  extinguishment  of  debt  when  it's  relieved  of  it’s  obligation  to  pay  the  debt,  or  when  it  is  is  legally

released from being the primary obligor under the liability, either judicially or by the creditor.

In  an  early  extinguishment  of  debt  through  exchange  for  common  stock,  the  reacquisition  price  of  the  extinguished  debt  is
determined  by  the  value  of  the  common  stock  issued  or  the  value  of  the  debt—whichever  is  more  clearly  evident.  Gains  or  losses  on
extinguishment of debt is determined by comparing the consideration allocated to the liability component to the sum of the carrying value of
the liability component, net of the proportionate amounts of unamortized debt discount and remaining unamortized debt issuance costs.

Accounting for Government Assistance

There is no GAAP that specifically addresses the accounting by business entities for government assistance and tax credits. Absent
authoritative  accounting  standards,  interpretative  guidance  issued  and  commonly  applied  by  financial  statement  preparers  allows  for  the
selection  of  accounting  policies  amongst  acceptable  alternatives.  The  Company  uses  the  facts  and  circumstances  of  the  government
assistance and tax credits received by the Company to determine the best accounting model.

69

The Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) Loan, was established by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”)
Act,  through  a  significant  expansion  of  the  Small  Business  Administration  (“SBA”)  7(a)  loan  program.  During  April  2020,  the  Company
entered into a promissory note (the “PPP Note”) evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of $4.8 million.

The Company elected to account for the PPP Note in accordance with ASC 470, Debt, with interest accrued in accordance with the
interest method under ASC 835-30, Imputation of Interest. The Company recognized the entire PPP Note amount as a liability on the balance
sheet,  with  interest  accrued  and  expensed  over  the  term  of  the  loan.  The  Company  did  not  impute  additional  interest  at  a  market  rate
because transactions where interest rates are prescribed by governmental agencies are excluded from the scope of ASC 835-30. The PPP
Note remained a liability until the Company was legally released from being the primary obligor under the liability (i.e. when the PPP Note
was forgiven). During July 2021, the SBA informed the Company of its full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which
was $4.8 million as of the date of forgiveness.

The  SBA’s  determination  of  loan  forgiveness  does  not  preclude  further  investigation  by  the  SBA  according  to  its  rules  and
regulations. As a result of the approval of the Company's application for forgiveness the Company recorded income from the extinguishment
as a gain, recorded to other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2021.

See Note 10, Long-Term Debt for further detail regarding the PPP Note.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when control of the promised good or service is transferred to its customers, in an amount that
reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  Sales  taxes  are  excluded  from
revenues.

Identification of the contract with a customer
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:
•
•
• Determination of the transaction price
•
• Recognition of revenue as we satisfy a performance obligation

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations

Product revenue is derived from the sale or rental of instruments and sales of related consumable products. When an instrument is
sold, revenue is generally recognized upon installation of the unit consistent with contract terms, which do not include a right of return. When
a consumable product is sold, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment. Invoices are generally issued when revenue is recognized.
Payment terms vary by the type and location of the customer and the products or services offered. The term between invoicing and when
payment is due is not significant.

Service  revenue  is  derived  from  the  sale  of  extended  service  agreements  which  are  generally  non-cancellable.  This  revenue  is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term beginning on the effective date of the contract because the Company is standing
ready to provide services. Invoices are generally issued annually and coincide with the beginning of individual service terms.

The  Company’s  contracts  with  customers  may  include  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  such  arrangements,  the  Company
allocates revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Company generally determines relative
standalone selling prices based on the price charged to customers for each individual performance obligation.

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales force are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract
with a customer. The  Company  has  determined  these  costs  would  have  an  amortization  period  of  less  than  one  year  and  has  elected  to
recognize  them  as  an  expense  when  incurred.  Contract  asset  opening  and  closing  balances  were  immaterial  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021.

70

Gross (Loss) Profit and Gross Margin

Gross  profit  consists  of  total  revenue,  net  of  allowances,  less  cost  of  sales.  Cost  of  sales  includes  cost  of  materials,  direct  labor,
equity-based compensation, facility and other manufacturing overhead costs for consumable tests and instruments sold to customers. Cost
of  sales  for  instruments  also  includes  depreciation  on  revenue  generating  instruments  that  have  been  placed  with  our  customers  under  a
reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales includes repair and maintenance cost for instruments covered by a service agreement or instruments
covered by a reagent rental agreement. Cost of sales also includes warranty related costs.

The Company’s overall gross margin was (3)%, 40% and 47% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The decrease in gross profit for fiscal year 2021 included a $4.5 million write down of inventory. No write-downs of inventory were
recorded  for  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019.  None  of  this  inventory  had  been  sold  to  customers  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021.

The Company manufactures pre-launch inventory in advance of regulatory approval. This inventory is expensed before an economic
benefit is probable. Pre-launch inventory sold to customers, previously not capitalized and expensed in a previous year for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included as a component of revenue. The corresponding expense incurred with
third party carriers is included as a component of sales, general and administrative costs on the consolidated statements of operations and
comprehensive loss.

Restructure Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2020, following the completion of a strategic review of the Company's Europe, Middle East and
Africa (“EMEA”) business, the Company's board of directors (the “Board”) approved a plan to reduce its workforce, focus the geographies it
plans to operate in, and terminate agreements with some distributors in geographies it plans on exiting (collectively, the “EMEA Restructuring
Plan”). As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  substantially  completed  the  workforce  reduction  portion  of  the  EMEA  Restructuring  Plan.
Restructuring  charges  are  primarily  comprised  of  employee  severance  and  other  post-employment  benefits.  The  Company  evaluates  the
nature of these costs to determine if they relate to on-going benefit arrangements which are accounted for under ASC 712, Compensation -
Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits, or one-time benefit arrangements which are accounted for under ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost
Obligations.  The  Company  incurred  expenses  of  $0.4  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  in  connection  with  the  EMEA
Restructuring  Plan  which  was  primarily  a  component  of  ASC  712.  These  expenses  were  recorded  as  a  component  of  sales,  general  and
administrative  costs  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  loss.  No  material  restructuring  liabilities  were
outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Leases

The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases, which was adopted on January 1, 2019. We determine if an
arrangement is or contains a lease and the type of lease at inception. The Company classifies leases as finance leases (lessee) or sales-
type leases (lessor) when there is either a transfer of ownership of the underlying asset by the end of the lease term, the lease contains an
option to purchase the asset that we are reasonably certain will be exercised, the lease term is for the major part of the remaining economic
life of the asset, the present value of the lease payments and any residual value guarantee equals or substantially exceeds all the fair value
of  the  asset,  or  the  asset  is  of  such  a  specialized  nature  that  it  will  have  no  alternative  use  to  the  lessor  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term.
Payments contingent on future events (i.e. based on usage) are considered variable and excluded from lease payments for the purposes of
classification and initial measurement. Several of the Company’s leases include options to renew or extend the term upon mutual agreement
of  the  parties  and  others  include  one-year  extensions  exercisable  by  the  lessee.  None  of  the  Company’s  leases  contain  residual  value
guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

71

To determine whether a contract contains a lease, the Company uses its judgment in assessing whether the lessor retains a material
amount of economic benefit from an underlying asset, whether explicitly or implicitly identified, which party holds control over the direction
and use of the asset, and whether any substantive substitution rights over the asset exist.

Lessee

Operating leases are included in right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities within our consolidated balance sheets.
These assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease
payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and their related liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value
of  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  Typically,  we  use  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at
commencement in determining the present value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. ROU assets are net
of lease payments made and exclude lease incentives. We elect not to separate the lease components from the non-lease components for
all classes of underlying assets. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which may
include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise the option. As of December 31, 2021 and
2020 the Company was not a party to any finance lease arrangements.

The  Company’s  operating  leases  consist  primarily  of  leased  office,  factory,  and  laboratory  space  in  the  U.S.  and  office  space  in

Europe, have between two and six-year terms, and typically contain penalizing, early-termination provisions.

Lessor

The  Company  leases  instruments  to  customers  under  commercial  “reagent  rental”  agreements,  whereby  the  customer  agrees  to
purchase consumable products over a stated term, typically five years or less, for a volume-based price that includes an embedded rental for
the instruments. When collectibility is probable, the amount is recognized as income at lease commencement for sales-type leases and as
product is shipped, typically in a straight–line pattern, over the term for operating leases, which typically include a termination without cause
or penalty provision given a short notice period.

Consideration  is  allocated  between  lease  and  non-lease  components  based  on  stand-alone  selling  price  in  accordance  with  ASC

606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and ASC 842, Leases.

Net investment in sales-type leases are included within our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other current assets and
other non-current assets, which include the present value of lease payments not yet received and the present value of the residual asset,
which are determined using the information available at commencement, including the lease term, estimated useful life, rate implicit in the
lease, and expected fair value of the instrument.

See Note 16, Leases for further information.

Nonqualified Cash Deferral Plan

The Company's Cash Deferral Plan (the “Deferral Plan”), provides certain key employees, with an opportunity to defer the receipt of
such  participant's  base  salary.  The  Deferral  Plan  is  intended  to  be  a  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plan  that  complies  with  the
provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. All of the investments held in the Deferral Plan are equity securities consisting of
mutual  funds  and  recorded  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  the  investments'  fair  value  recognized  as  earnings  in  the  period  they  occur.  The
corresponding liability for the Deferral Plan is included in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Equity-Based Compensation

The  Company  may  award  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  performance-based  awards  and  other  equity-based
instruments to its employees, directors and consultants. Compensation cost related to equity-based instruments is based on the fair value of
the instrument on the grant date, and is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for each
tranche  (an  accelerated  attribution  method)  except  for  performance-based  awards.  Performance-based  awards  vest  based  on  the
achievement of

72

performance  targets.  Compensation  costs  associated  with  performance-based  awards  are  recognized  over  the  requisite  service  period
based  on  probability  of  achievement.  Performance-based  awards  require  management  to  make  assumptions  regarding  the  likelihood  of
achieving performance targets.

The Company estimates the fair value of service based and performance based stock option awards, including modifications of stock
option awards, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model derives the fair value of stock options based on certain assumptions
related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield.

•

•

Volatility: The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company's  stock  price  over  the  most  recent  period
commensurate with the expected term of the stock option award.
Expected term: The estimate expected term for employee awards is based on a simplified method that considers an insufficient
history of employee exercises. For consultant awards, the estimated expected term is the same as the life of the award.

• Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on published U.S. Treasury rates for a term commensurate with the

expected term.

• Dividend yield: The dividend yield is estimated as zero as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not have

any plans to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company records the fair value of RSUs or stock grants based on the published closing market price on the day before the grant

date.

The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an estimated basis.

The  Company  also  has  an  employee  stock  purchase  program  whereby  eligible  employees  can  elect  payroll  deductions  that  are
subsequently used to purchase common stock at a discounted price. There is no compensation recorded for this program as (i) the purchase
discount does not exceed the issuance costs that would have been incurred to raise a significant amount of capital by a public offering, (ii)
substantially  all  employees  that  meet  limited  employment  qualifications  may  participate  on  an  equitable  basis,  and  (iii)  the  plan  doesn't
incorporate option features that would require compensation to be recorded.

See Note 13, Employee Equity-Based Compensation for further information.

Deferred Tax Assets

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of
assets  and  liabilities  and  amounts  reported  in  the  accompanying  balance  sheets.  The  change  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the
period  represents  the  deferred  tax  provision  or  benefit  for  the  period.  Effects  of  changes  in  enacted  tax  laws  in  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are reflected as an adjustment to the tax provision or benefit in the period of enactment.

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes, to account for any uncertainty in income taxes with respect to the
accounting for all tax positions taken (or expected to be taken) on any income tax return. This guidance applies to all open tax periods in all
tax  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  is  required  to  file  an  income  tax  return.  Under  U.S.  GAAP,  in  order  to  recognize  an  uncertain  tax
benefit the taxpayer must be more likely than not certain of sustaining the position, and the measurement of the benefit is calculated as the
largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon resolution of the position. Interest and penalties, if any, would be recorded
within tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency  financial  statements  into  U.S.  Dollars  are  included  in  the  foreign
currency  translation  adjustment,  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  stockholders’
deficit.

The Company has assets and liabilities, including receivables and payables, which are denominated in currencies other than their
functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to re-measurement, the impact of which is recorded in foreign currency exchange
gain and loss, within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

73

Loss Per Share

Basic  loss  per  share  includes  no  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  loss  available  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted
average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  the  period.  Potentially  dilutive  common  shares  consist  of  shares  issuable  from  stock
options and unvested RSUs. Potentially dilutive common shares would also include common shares that would be outstanding if the Notes
and the Series A Preferred Stock at the balance sheet date were converted and shares issuable in connection with a securities purchase
agreement. Diluted earnings are not presented when the effect of adding such additional common shares is antidilutive.

See Note 12, Loss Per Share, for further information.

Comprehensive Loss

In addition to net loss, comprehensive loss includes all changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by
and  distributions  to  owners.  The  Company  holds  debt  securities  as  available-for-sale  and  records  the  change  in  fair  market  value  as  a
component  of  comprehensive  loss.  The  Company  also  has  adjustments  resulting  from  translating  foreign  functional  currency  financial
statements into U.S. Dollars which is included as a component of comprehensive loss.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards that were recently adopted

In  January  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standard  Update  (“ASU”)  2020-01,
Investments-Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic
815), Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). ASU
2020-01 clarifies the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321, the accounting for the equity method investments in
Topic  323  and  the  accounting  for  certain  forward  contracts  and  purchased  options  in  Topic  815.  The  Company  adopted  ASU  2020-01  on
January 1, 2021, which had no impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740); Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU
2019-12 reduces complexity in the accounting standard. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021, which had no impact to
our consolidated financial statements. The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets. The valuation
allowance  is  based  on  management’s  assessment  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Company  will  not  have  taxable  income  in  the
foreseeable future.

In  November  2021,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2021-10,  Government  Assistance  (Topic  832).  ASU  2021-10  requires  certain  annual
disclosures about transactions with a government that are accounted for by applying a grant or contribution model by analogy. This ASU is
effective for us on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted these disclosure requirements and applied
them to its disclosure of the CARES Act in 2021 and 2020.

Standards not yet adopted

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives
and  Hedging  -  Contracts  in  Entity’s  Own  Equity  (Subtopic  815-40).  ASU  2020-06  reduces  the  complexity  associated  with  applying  U.S.
GAAP  for  certain  financial  instruments  with  characteristics  of  liabilities  and  equity.  In  addressing  the  complexity,  this  ASU  amends  the
guidance on convertible instruments and the guidance on the derivatives scope exception for contracts in an entity’s own equity. This ASU
will reduce the number of accounting models for convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock. Limiting the accounting models
results  in  fewer  embedded  conversion  features  being  separately  recognized  from  the  host  contract  as  compared  with  current  U.S.  GAAP
standards. Convertible instruments that continue to be subject to separation models are (1) those with embedded conversion features that
are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, that meet the definition of a derivative, and that do not qualify for a scope exception
from derivative accounting and (2) convertible debt instruments issued with substantial premiums for which the premiums are recorded as
paid-in capital. This ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact this will
have on our consolidated financial statements.

74

In May 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-04, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt - Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic
470-50), Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-
40). ASU 2021-04 will codify the final consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on how an issuer should account for
modifications made to equity-classified written call options (hereafter referred to as a warrant to purchase the issuer’s common stock). The
guidance in the ASU requires the issuer to treat a modification of an equity-classified warrant that does not cause the warrant to become
liability-classified as an exchange of the original warrant for a new warrant. This guidance applies whether the modification is structured as
an amendment to the terms and conditions of the warrant or as termination of the original warrant and issuance of a new warrant. This ASU
is effective for us on January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact this will have on our consolidated
financial statements, and believe it will not have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements at January 1, 2022.

NOTE 3. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, short-

term investments and accounts receivable, including receivables from major customers.

The Company has financial institutions for banking operations that hold 10% or more of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.
As of December 31, 2021, three of the Company's financial institutions held 72%, 13% and 2% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents,
respectively. As of December 31, 2020, three of the Company's financial institutions held 14%, 53% and 16% of the Company’s cash and
cash equivalents, respectively.

The Company grants credit to domestic and international clients in various industries. Exposure to losses on accounts receivable is
principally  dependent  on  each  client's  financial  position.  The  Company  had  one  customer  that  accounted  for  13%  of  the  Company's  net
accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2021. None of the Company's customers accounted for 10% or more of the net accounts
receivable balance as of December 31, 2020.

The  Company  did  not  have  any  customers  that  represented  10%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  total  revenue  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

75

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following tables represent the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis on the financial statements of the
Company and the valuation approach applied to each class of financial instruments at December 31 (see Note 2, Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies for further information):

2021
(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

$

$

$

$

5,563  $
— 
5,563 

841 
841 

— 
250 
— 
— 
250 
6,654  $

—  $
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $

200 
200 

— 
— 

1,351 
— 
8,046 
13,232 
22,629 
22,829  $

2020
(in thousands)

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

19,276  $

— 
19,276 

357 
357 

— 
5,923 
— 
— 
5,923 
25,556  $

—  $

885 
885 

— 
— 

5,825 
— 
10,604 
9,779 
26,208 
27,093  $

—  $
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

5,563 
200 
5,763 

841 
841 

1,351 
250 
8,046 
13,232 
22,879 
29,483 

19,276 
885 
20,161 

357 
357 

5,825 
5,923 
10,604 
9,779 
32,131 
52,649 

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Commercial paper

Total cash and cash equivalents
Equity investments:

Mutual funds

Total equity investments
Debt securities available-for-sale:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total debt securities available-for-sale

Total assets measured at fair value

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Commercial paper

Total cash and cash equivalents
Equity investments:

Mutual funds

Total equity investments
Debt securities available-for-sale:

Certificates of deposit
US Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total debt securities available-for-sale

Total assets measured at fair value

76

Highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  time  of  purchase  are  included  in  cash  and  cash

equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Level  1  assets  are  priced  using  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  which  include  money  market  funds  and  U.S.

Treasury securities as these specific assets are liquid.

Level 2 available-for-sale securities are priced using quoted market prices for similar instruments or nonbinding market prices that
are corroborated by observable market data. The Company uses inputs such as actual trade data, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes,
and  other  similar  data,  which  are  obtained  from  quoted  market  prices,  independent  pricing  vendors,  or  other  sources,  to  determine  the
ultimate  fair  value  of  these  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company  uses  such  pricing  data  as  the  primary  input  to  make  its  assessments  and
determinations  as  to  the  ultimate  valuation  of  its  investment  portfolio  and  has  not  made,  during  the  periods  presented,  any  material
adjustments to such inputs.

There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company has Notes, as described in Note 11, Convertible Notes. At December 31, 2021, the Notes had an outstanding principle
of $120.5 million with a fair value of $89.4 million. At December 31, 2020, the Notes had an outstanding principle of $171.5 million with a fair
value of $98.7 million. The fair value of the Notes is typically correlated to the Company’s stock price and as a result, significant changes to
the Company’s stock price will have a significant impact on the calculated fair value. The fair value of the Notes is classified as Level 2 within
the fair value hierarchy.

For  certain  other  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  including  accounts  receivable,  accounts  payable  and  other  current  liabilities,  the

carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these balances.

NOTE 5. INVESTMENTS

The following tables summarize the Company’s debt securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31 (in thousands):

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2021
(in thousands)

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

1,351  $
250 
8,048 
13,245 
22,894  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
(2)
(13)
(15) $

1,351 
250 
8,046 
13,232 
22,879 

Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

77

Certificates of deposit
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate notes and bonds

Total

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENTS
2020
(in thousands)

Amortized Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

5,820  $
5,908 
10,603 
9,779 
32,110  $

5  $

15 
1 
1 
22  $

—  $
— 
— 
(1)
(1) $

5,825 
5,923 
10,604 
9,779 
32,131 

The following table summarizes the maturities of the Company’s debt securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31 (in

thousands):

Due in less than 1 year
Due in 1-5 years

Total

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE INVESTMENT MATURITIES

(in thousands)
2021

2020

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

$

$

22,663  $
231 
22,894  $

22,649  $
230 
22,879  $

32,110  $

— 

32,110  $

32,131 
— 
32,131 

Proceeds  from  sales  of  marketable  securities  (including  principal  payments)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and
2019,  were  $0.3  million,  $0.0  million  and  $14.5  million,  respectively.  The  Company  determines  gains  and  losses  of  marketable  securities
based on specific identification of the securities sold. There were no material realized gains or losses from sales of marketable securities for
the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. No material balances were reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss
for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. No unrealized losses on debt securities available-for-sale have been recognized in
income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 as the issuers of such securities held by us were of high credit quality.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no holdings of debt securities available-for-sale of any one issuer, other than the
U.S. government, in an amount greater than 10%. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no debt securities available-for-sale in a
material unrealized loss position.

As of December 31, 2021 the Company carried debt securities available-for-sale that were certificates of deposits, which were not
covered  by  a  rating  agency  or  the  credit  rating  was  below  the  Company's  minimum  credit  rating.  As  of  December  31,  2021  all  of  the
Company's certificate deposits were below the FDIC's insurance limit of $250,000 per depositor which mitigated the Company's investment
risk. All other debt securities available-for-sale had a credit rating of A- or better as of December 31, 2021.

Equity securities are comprised of investments in mutual funds. The fair value of equity securities at December 31, 2021 and 2020
were $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. There were no material unrealized gains or losses on equity securities recorded in income for
the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. These unrealized gains or losses are recorded as a component of other income (expense),
net. There were no realized gains or losses from equity securities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Additional information regarding the fair value of our financial instruments is included in Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

78

NOTE 6. INVENTORY

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods

Inventory

2021

2020

$

$

1,343  $
1,625 
2,099 
5,067  $

4,891 
1,942 
2,383 
9,216 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a charge of $4.5 million to cost of sales to write-down excess

quantities of instrument raw materials and work in process inventory.

NOTE 7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Computer equipment
Technical equipment
Facilities
Instruments
Capital projects in progress
Total property and equipment
Accumulated depreciation

Net property and equipment

2021

2020

$

$

$

3,181  $
3,285 
3,675 
5,364 
683 
16,188  $
(10,799)

5,389  $

3,608 
3,789 
3,693 
5,880 
— 
16,970 
(10,835)
6,135 

Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  $2.0  million,  $2.4  million  and  $2.3  million,

respectively.

Instruments at cost and accumulated depreciation where the Company is the lessor under operating leases consisted of the following

at December 31 (in thousands):

Instruments at cost under operating leases
Accumulated depreciation under operating leases

Net property and equipment under operating leases

NOTE 8. LICENSE AGREEMENTS AND GRANTS

National Institute of Health Grant

2021

2020

$

$

3,110  $
(1,165)
1,945  $

3,750 
(1,120)
2,630 

In February 2015, the National Institute of Health awarded Denver Health and the Company a five-year, $5.0 million grant to develop
a  fast  and  reliable  identification  and  categorical  susceptibility  test  for  carbapenem-resistant  Enterobacteriaceae  directly  from  whole  blood.
The cumulative award amount under these subawards is $1.6 million. The amounts invoiced for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The amounts invoiced were a reduction of research and development
expenses  a  component  of  operating  expenses.  Subsequent  to  the  original  term  of  the  grant  the  National  Institute  of  Health  has  provided
incremental annual extensions that have allowed the Company to continue to provide additional services.

NOTE 9. DEFERRED REVENUE AND REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS

Deferred revenue consists of amounts received for products or services not yet delivered or earned.

79

Deferred income consists of amounts received for commitments not yet fulfilled. If we anticipate that the revenue or income will not be earned
within the following twelve months, the amount is reported as long-term deferred income. A summary of the balances as of December 31
follows (in thousands):

Products and services not yet delivered

Deferred revenue

2021

2020

$
$

451  $
451  $

376 
376 

We recognized $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
respectively, that were included in the contract liabilities balances at the beginning of the period. No material amount of revenue recognized
during the current period was from performance obligations satisfied in prior periods.

Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations

As  of  December  31,  2021,  $10.3  million  of  revenue  is  expected  to  be  recognized  from  remaining  performance  obligations  under
existing  customer  contracts.  This  balance  primarily  relates  to  product  shipments  for  reagents  sold  to  customers  under  sales-type  lease
agreements. These  agreements  have  between  two  and  four  year  terms  and  revenue  is  recognized  as  product  is  shipped,  typically  on  a
straight-line  basis.  The  remaining  balance  relates  to  executed  service  contracts  that  begin  as  warranty  periods  expire.  These  service
contracts typically provide for four-year terms and revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis.

The Company elects not to disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an expected length of one

year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed.

NOTE 10. LONG-TERM DEBT

As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

PPP Loan - 1% interest
Other Loans - various interest

Total debt
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

Other notes payable

2021

2020

—  $
80 
80 
80 
—  $

4,812 
400 
5,212 
553 
4,659 

$

$

The  Company  entered  into  three  loan  agreements  with  two  capital  asset  financing  companies  in  2020.  Loan  proceeds  were
$0.8  million,  with  interest  rates  ranging  from  9.8%  to  12.4%  and  maturities  becoming  due  through  2022.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the
current portion of long-term debt was $0.1 million.

PPP Loan

During April 2020, the Company entered into the PPP Note evidencing an unsecured loan in the amount of $4.8 million made to the

Company under the PPP. The PPP was established under the CARES Act and is administered by the SBA.

During September 2020, the Company's loan provider amended the PPP Note per the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act
(“PPP Flexibility Act”), which was enacted after the PPP Note was approved and funded. The PPP Flexibility Act amended the CARES Act to
require that all PPP notes made prior to June 5, 2020 be extended to a 5-year term. In accordance with this amendment the PPP Notes’
original  maturity  date  of  April  14,  2022  was  amended  to  April  14,  2025.  The  original  terms  of  the  loan  required  18  monthly  payments  of
principal and interest in the amount of $0.3 million starting November 14, 2020. The amended terms required 45 monthly

80

payments of principal and interest in the amount of $0.1 million starting August 14, 2021. The PPP Note’s interest rate was unchanged and
bore an interest at a rate of 1% per annum.

The  proceeds  from  the  PPP  Note  could  only  be  used  for  payroll  costs  (including  benefits),  interest  on  mortgage  obligations,  rent,

utilities and interest on certain other debt obligations.

Pursuant to the terms of the CARES Act and the PPP, the Company could apply to the lender for forgiveness for the amount due on
the Loan. The amount eligible for forgiveness was based on the amount of Loan proceeds used by the Company (during the 24-week period
after  the  lender  made  the  first  disbursement  of  loan  proceeds)  for  the  payment  of  certain  covered  costs,  including  payroll  costs  (including
benefits), rent and utilities, subject to certain limitations and reductions in accordance with the CARES Act and the PPP.

During January 2021, the Company submitted its application for forgiveness to the lender. During July 2021, the SBA informed the
Company of its full forgiveness for the entire loan amount plus accrued interest, which was $4.8 million as of the date of forgiveness. The
SBA’s  determination  of  loan  forgiveness  does  not  preclude  further  investigation  by  the  SBA  according  to  its  rules  and  regulations.  With
approval of the Company's application for forgiveness the Company recorded a gain on extinguishment of $4.8 million during the year ended
December 31, 2021.

NOTE 11. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

On March 27, 2018, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.50% Senior Convertible Notes due 2023. In
connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  granted  the  initial  purchasers  of  the  Notes  a  13-day  option  to  purchase  up  to  an
additional $22.5 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes on the same terms and conditions. On April 4, 2018 the option was partially
exercised, which resulted in $21.5 million of additional proceeds, for total proceeds of $171.5 million. The Notes are the Company's senior
unsecured obligations and mature on March 15, 2023 (the “Maturity Date”), unless earlier repurchased or converted into shares of common
stock under certain circumstances described below. Upon  conversion  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  will  pay  or  deliver,  as  may  be  the  case,
cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election. The initial conversion rate of the Notes
is  32.3428  shares  of  common  stock  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of  the  Notes,  which  is  equivalent  to  an  initial  conversion  price  of
approximately  $30.92  per  share  of  common  stock,  subject  to  adjustment.  The  Company  will  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  semi-annually  in
arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year.

The  $171.5  million  of  proceeds  received  from  the  issuance  of  the  Notes  were  allocated  between  long-term  debt  (the  “liability
component”) of $116.6 million and contributed capital (the “equity component”) of $54.9 million. The fair value of the liability component was
measured using rates determined for similar debt instruments without a conversion feature. The carrying amount of the equity component,
representing the conversion option, was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the aggregate face value of
the Notes. The liability component will be accreted up to the face value of the Notes, which will result in additional non-cash interest expense
being recognized through the Maturity Date. The equity component will not be remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for
equity classification.

The Company incurred approximately $5.0 million of issuance costs related to the issuance of the Notes, of which $3.4 million and
$1.6 million were recorded to long-term debt and contributed capital, respectively. The $3.4 million of issuance costs recorded as long-term
debt  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  are  being  amortized  over  the  five-year  contractual  term  of  the  Notes  using  the  effective  interest
method. The effective interest rate on the Notes, including accretion of the Notes to par and debt issuance cost amortization, is 11.52%.

The  Notes  include  customary  terms  and  covenants,  including  certain  events  of  default  upon  which  the  Notes  may  be  due  and
payable immediately. Holders have the option to convert the Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to December 15,
2022, but only in the following circumstances:

•

•

•

if  the  Company’s  stock  price  exceeds  130%  of  the  conversion  price  for  20  of  the  last  30  trading  days  of  any  calendar  quarter
after June 30, 2018;
during the 5 business day period after any 5 consecutive trading day period in which the Notes’ trading price is less than 98% of
the product of the common stock price times the conversion rate; or
the occurrence of certain corporate events, such as a change of control, merger or liquidation.

At any time on or after December 15, 2022, a holder may convert its Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal

81

amount. Holders  of  the  Notes  who  convert  their  Notes  in  connection  with  a  make-whole  fundamental  change  (as  defined  in  the  Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes were issued) are, under certain circumstances, entitled to an increase in the conversion rate. In addition, in the
event of a fundamental change or event of default prior to the Maturity Date, holders will, subject to certain conditions, have the right, at their
option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all or part of the Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

The Notes consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Outstanding principal
Unamortized debt discount
Unamortized debt issuance

Net carrying amount of the liability component

2021

2020

$

$

120,500  $
(11,787)
(729)
107,984  $

171,500 
(28,524)
(1,765)
141,211 

Interest expense consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Contractual coupon interest
Amortization of the debt discount
Amortization of debt issuance costs

Total interest expense on convertible notes

2021

2020

2019

$

$

3,934  $

10,869 
672 
15,475  $

4,288  $

10,518 
651 
15,457  $

4,288 
9,388 
581 
14,257 

As of December 31, 2021, no Notes were convertible pursuant to their original terms.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into separate exchange agreements with certain holders of the
Notes. Under  the  terms  of  the  exchange  agreements,  such  holders  agreed  to  exchange  Notes  held  by  them  for  shares  of  the  Company’s
common  stock  (the  “Exchange  Transactions”).  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  $51.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of
Notes (the “Exchanged Principal”), with a carrying value of $44.8 million, were exchanged for 6,602,974 shares of the Company's common
stock, valued at $38.9 million in the Exchange Transactions. See Note 19, Stockholder's Equity for additional information.

The Company accounted for the Exchange Transactions as an extinguishment of debt. The Exchange Transactions resulted in a net
gain of $5.9 million reflected in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31,
2021. The  Extinguishment  Transactions  resulted  in  a  reduction  of  $6.2  million  of  unamortized  debt  discount  and  issuance  cost  during  the
year  ended  December  31,  2021.  The  Company  incurred  $0.9  million  of  reacquisition  costs,  which  was  determined  to  be  a  component  of
liability and was recorded as an offset to gain on extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2021. After giving effect to
such exchanges, the total principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was $120.5 million.

In connection with the debt issuance, the Company entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction (“Prepaid Forward”)
with a financial institution (“Forward Counterparty”). Pursuant to the Prepaid Forward, the Company used approximately $45.1 million of the
net proceeds from its issuance of the Notes to fund the Prepaid Forward. The aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock
underlying the Prepaid Forward was approximately 1,858,500. The expiration date for the Prepaid Forward is March 15, 2023, although it
may be settled earlier in whole or in part. Upon settlement of the Prepaid Forward, at expiration or upon any early settlement, the Forward
Counterparty will deliver to the Company the number of shares of common stock underlying the Prepaid Forward or the portion thereof being
settled  early.  The  shares  purchased  under  the  Prepaid  Forward  are  treated  as  treasury  stock  and  not  outstanding  for  purposes  of  the
calculation  of  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share,  but  will  remain  outstanding  for  corporate  law  purposes,  including  for  purposes  of  any
future  stockholders’  votes,  until  the  Forward  Counterparty  delivers  the  shares  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  to  the  Company.  The
Company’s Prepaid Forward hedge transaction exposes the Company to credit risk to the extent that its counterparty may be unable to meet
the terms of the transaction. The Company mitigates this risk by limiting its counterparty to a major financial institution.

82

NOTE 12. LOSS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per common share was determined by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average
common shares outstanding during the period. Basic  and  diluted  net  loss  per  share  are  the  same  because  all  outstanding  common  stock
equivalents have been excluded, as they are anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses.

The following potentially issuable common shares were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they

would have an anti-dilutive effect due to net losses at of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

Shares issuable upon the release of restricted stock awards
Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options

2021

2020

2019

2,090 
7,193 
9,283 

526 
8,045 
8,571 

14 
10,133 
10,147 

Potentially  dilutive  common  shares  would  include  common  shares  that  would  be  outstanding  if  Notes  convertible  at  the  balance
sheet date were converted. As discussed in Note 11, Convertible Notes, upon conversion of the Notes, the Company will pay or deliver, as
the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company’s
election.  The  initial  conversion  rate  of  the  Notes  is  32.3428  shares  of  common  stock  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of  the  Notes.  As  of
December  31,  2021,  no  Notes  were  convertible  pursuant  to  the  original  terms.  After  giving  effect  to  the  Exchange  Transactions,  the  total
principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2021 was $120.5 million. The number of shares of common stock issuable
upon conversion of the Notes based on the initial conversion rate was approximately 3.9 million shares as of December 31, 2021. The total
principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $171.5 million. The number of shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of the Notes based on the initial conversion rate as of December 31, 2020, and 2019, was 5.5 million shares.

In connection with the Notes, the Company entered into a prepaid forward stock repurchase transaction. The aggregate number of
shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  underlying  the  Prepaid  Forward  was  approximately  1,858,500.  The  shares  purchased  under  the
Prepaid Forward are treated as treasury stock and not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share,
but  will  remain  outstanding  for  corporate  law  purposes,  including  for  purposes  of  any  future  stockholders’  votes,  until  the  Forward
Counterparty delivers the shares underlying the Prepaid Forward to the Company.

Potentially dilutive common shares would also include common shares that would be outstanding if Series A Preferred Stock were
converted into common stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into one share of
the  Company’s  common  stock.  Additionally,  each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  one  share  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  immediately  upon  a  sale  of  all  outstanding  stock  of  the  Company  or  a  merger  of  the  Company  into  another
corporation  where  the  pre-merger  Company’s  stockholders  cease  to  be  the  controlling  stockholders  of  the  post-merger  corporation.  The
number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock is 3,954,546 as of December 31, 2021.

NOTE 13. EMPLOYEE EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has two equity based compensation plans, which are discussed below:

2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

In December 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved the Omnibus Stock Option Plan. Authorized shares in this plan were 5,500,000.
As of December 31, 2021, there were 3,465,001 options exercised during the life of the plan and 474,999 options remain outstanding. The
2004  Omnibus  Stock  Option  Plan  has  been  replaced  by  the  2012  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  so  no  further  options  are  available  for
grant.

83

2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

In  December  2012,  the  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  Company’s  2012  Omnibus  Equity  Incentive  Plan  to  replace  all  prior  plans
(“Prior Plans”). The Prior Plans remain in effect until all awards granted under those plans have been exercised, forfeited, canceled, expired
or otherwise terminated. In connection with the approval of such plan, all stock options, totaling 1,677,500 formerly available for new awards
under the Prior Plans were transferred to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

During  the  Company's  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  stockholders  approved  amendments  to  the  Company's  2012  Omnibus  Equity
Incentive Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock reserved and available for grant by 4,000,000 in May 2014, 2,000,000 in
May 2017, 3,000,000 in March 2019 and 4,000,000 in May 2020, resulting in a total of 14,677,500 reserved shares.

Stock options granted under this plan vest in a range from immediate to five years while generally stock options under this plan vest over five
years. RSUs granted under this plan vest in a range from immediate to five years while generally RSUs under this plan vest over three years.
Stock grants granted under this plan vest immediately.

As of December 31, 2021, there were 1,614,598 options exercised and 942,953 RSUs, performance awards and stock grants issued, during
the life of the plan. There were 8,807,723 shares underlying these equity awards outstanding, leaving 3,312,226 available for grant.

Combined Stock Option Plans

The  following  table  summarizes  option  activity  under  all  plans  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020  and  shows  the
exercisable shares as of December 31, 2021:

Options Outstanding January 1, 2020
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Options Outstanding December 31, 2020
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Options Outstanding December 31, 2021
Exercisable December 31, 2021

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Share

10,132,562  $
1,738,083 
(713,070)
(2,631,935)
(480,179)
8,045,461 
489,804 
(370,106)
(426,762)
(545,857)
7,192,540 
4,865,369 

12.28 
8.53 
14.23 
2.30 
18.62 
14.18 
7.09 
14.04 
3.79 
19.85 
13.89 
14.44 

The  cash  received  from  the  exercise  of  options  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  was  $1.6  million  and  the  tax  benefit
realized was zero for the same period. Upon exercise, shares are issued from shares authorized and held in reserve. The intrinsic value of
options exercised was $3.3 million, $23.5 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The  total  fair  value  of  options  vesting  during  the  period  was  $11.1  million,  $9.0  million,  and  $9.9  million  for  the  years  ended

December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

84

The Company accounts for all option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The table below summarizes the inputs

used to calculate the estimated fair value of options awarded for the years ended December 31:

Expected term (in years)
Volatility
Expected dividends
Risk free interest rates
Estimated forfeitures
Weighted average fair value

2021

2020

2019

5.79
65 %
— 
1.1 %
— %

5.94
58 %
— 
0.6 %
— %

$

4.09 

$

4.49 

$

6.28
60 %
— 
2.1 %
— %

8.33 

The following table shows summary information for outstanding options and options that are exercisable (vested) as of December 31,

2021:

Number of options
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years)
Weighted average exercise price
Weighted average fair value
Aggregate intrinsic value (in millions)

Options
Outstanding

Options
Exercisable

7,192,540 
5.69
13.89  $
8.64  $
1.5  $

4,865,369 
4.69
14.44 
8.91 
1.5 

$
$
$

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  pretax  intrinsic  value  that  would  have  been  received  by  the
option holders had all option holders exercised their options on that date. It is calculated as the difference between the Company’s closing
stock price of $5.22 on the last trading day of 2021 and the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares for options where the exercise
price is below the closing stock price. This amount changes based on the fair value of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes RSU and stock grant activity during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

RSUs & Stock Grants Outstanding January 1, 2020
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released
RSUs & Stock Grants outstanding December 31, 2020
Granted
Forfeited
Vested/released
RSUs & Stock Grants outstanding December 31, 2021

Number of Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

14,332  $

813,256 
(98,398)
(202,776)
526,414 
2,704,948 
(479,472)
(661,708)
2,090,182 

16.66 
11.44 
11.66 
12.41 
11.17 
11.23 
11.01 
12.23 
10.77 

The total fair value of RSUs and stock grants vested and released during the period was $8.1 million, $2.7 million, and $0.2 million

for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

85

The Company records compensation cost based on the fair value of the award. The table below summarizes the weighted average

fair value of RSUs and stock grants awarded for the years ending December 31:

Weighted average fair value

2021

2020

2019

$

11.23  $

11.44  $

20.32 

The expense and tax benefits recognized on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss related

to share-based compensation for the years ended December 31 (in thousands) is as follows:

Cost of Sales
Research and development
Sales, general and administrative
Total equity-based compensation expense
Recognized tax benefit

2021

2020

2019

$

$
$

325  $

4,102 
17,620 
22,047  $
—  $

351  $

4,035 
12,078 
16,464  $
—  $

277 
4,115 
8,226 
12,618 
— 

The share-based compensation cost capitalized to inventory or inventory transferred to property and equipment (also referred to as

instruments) for the years ended December 31 (in thousands) is as follows:

Cost capitalized to inventory

2021

2020

2019

$

401  $

253  $

409 

As  of  December  31,  2021,  unrecognized  equity-based  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  stock  options,  and  unvested  RSUs

was $5.3 million and $11.6 million, respectively. This is expected to be recognized over the years 2022 through 2026.

Included in the above-noted stock options outstanding and stock compensation expense are performance-based stock options which
vest only upon the achievement of certain targets. Performance-based stock options are generally granted at-the-money, contingently vest
over a period of 1 to 2 years, depending on the nature of the performance goal, and have contractual lives of 10 years. These options were
valued in the same manner as the time-based options, with the assumption that performance goals will be achieved. The inputs for expected
volatility, expected dividends, and risk-free rate used in estimating those options’ fair value are the same as the time-based options issued
under  the  plan.  The  expected  term  for  performance-based  stock  options  is  5  to  7  years.  However,  the  Company  only  recognizes  stock
compensation  expense  to  the  extent  that  the  targets  are  determined  to  be  probable  of  being  achieved,  which  triggers  the  vesting  of  the
performance options.

During  2018,  the  Company  granted  225,000  performance-based  stock  options.  Of  these  performance-based  stock  options
performance obligations had been met for 75,000 options which became exercisable in a prior period. The remaining 150,000 options were
forfeited  due  to  the  performance  targets  not  being  achieved  in  prior  periods.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  75,000
performance-based stock options expired as they weren't exercised. Of these performance-based stock options, none were outstanding as of
December 31, 2021.

During 2020, the Company granted another 105,000 performance-based stock options. Of these performance-based stock options,
performance obligations had been met for 90,000 options which became exercisable. This included 45,000 performance-based stock options
which vested during the year ended December 31, 2021, and the remaining 45,000 performance-based stock options vesting during the prior
year. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 15,000 performance-based stock options were forfeited due to the performance targets not
being achieved. Of these performance-based stock options, 90,000 were outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2021.

86

The  table  below  summarizes  share-based  compensation  cost  in  connection  with  performance-based  stock  options  for  the  years

ending December 31 (in thousands):

Performance-based stock option expense

$

230  $

215  $

107 

2021

2020

2019

Included  in  the  above-noted  RSU  outstanding  amount  are  performance-based  RSUs  which  vest  only  upon  the  achievement  of
certain targets. Performance-based RSUs contingently vest over a period of 1 to 3 years, depending on the nature of the performance goal,
and have contractual lives of 10 years. These units were valued in the same manner as other RSUs, based on the published closing market
price on the day before the grant date. However, the Company only recognizes stock compensation expense to the extent that the targets
are determined to be probable of being achieved, which triggers the vesting of the performance options.

During  2020,  the  Company  granted  364,338  performance-based  RSUs.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,
84,000  and  81,000,  of  these  performance-based  RSUs  were  released  due  to  the  performance  obligations  being  achieved,  respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, 9,369 and 23,995 of these performance-based RSUs were forfeited, respectively, due
to performance obligations not being achieved or employees separating from the Company. Of these performance-based RSUs, 165,974 of
these were outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

During  2021,  the  Company  granted  233,472  performance-based  RSUs.  None  of  these  performance-based  RSUs  have  been
released.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  121,666  performance-based  RSUs  were  forfeited  for  performance  obligations  not
being achieved or employees separating from the Company. Of these performance-based RSUs, 111,806 of these were outstanding as of
December 31, 2021.

The  table  below  summarizes  share-based  compensation  cost  in  connection  with  performance-based  stock  options  for  the  years

ending December 31 (in thousands):

Performance-based RSU expense

NOTE 14. INCOME TAXES

2021

2020

2019

$

818  $

810  $

— 

The components of the pretax loss from operations for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

U.S. Domestic
Foreign

Net loss before income taxes

87

2021

2020

2019

(68,131)
(9,526)
(77,657) $

(66,482)
(11,721)
(78,203) $

(70,452)
(13,964)
(84,416)

$

The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total (provision) benefit
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred provision

Total (provision) benefit

2021

2020

2019

$

$

—  $

(18)
(27)
(45)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(45) $

—  $
(1)
(4)
(5)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(5) $

— 
(8)
119 
111 

— 
— 
— 
— 
111 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income
taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforward
General business credit
Stock options
Intangible assets, definite-lived
Inventory
Operating lease liability
Property & equipment
Other

Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Debt amortization
Right of use asset

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred taxes

2021

2020

93,056  $
16,364 
14,851 
8,047 
1,790 
734 
284 
339 
135,465 
(131,839)

3,626  $

(2,933) $
(693) $
(3,626) $

81,733 
15,484 
13,366 
55 
588 
846 
206 
284 
112,562 
(104,585)
7,977 

(7,229)
(748)
(7,977)

—  $

— 

$

$

$
$
$

$

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has generated regular tax federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of approximately $372.1
million. As a result of the Tax and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), for U.S. income tax purposes, NOLs generated prior to December 31, 2017 can be
carried forward for up to 20 years. Of the Company's total federal net operating loss of $372.1 million, $170.6 million will begin to expire in
2023 and $201.4 million will not expire but will only offset 80% of taxable income generated in tax years after 2020.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has generated state net operating losses of approximately $361.8 million. The Company's

state net operating losses will begin to expire in 2033.

88

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has generated $13.5 million of federal research and development (“R&D”) tax credits which

begin to expire in 2032.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has generated $10.9 million of state R&D tax credits which begin to expire in 2032.

Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of the Company’s NOLs and R&D tax credits may be
subject  to  substantial  annual  limitation  if  certain  ownership  changes  occur  during  a  three-year  testing  period  as  defined  by  the  Internal
Revenue Code.

The  net  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  is  $131.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2021,  compared  to  $104.6  million  as  of
December 31, 2020. The valuation allowance is based on management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the Company will not
have  taxable  income  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Due  to  the  Company's  consolidated  loss  position,  the  Company  maintains  a  valuation
allowance against its deferred tax assets.

During  2018,  the  Company  recognized  $14.0  million  of  the  initial  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  the  2018  convertible  debt  with  an
adjustment to equity in accordance with ASC 740. The establishment of the deferred tax liability resulted in the reduction of the Company's
valuation allowance on existing deferred tax assets. The  Company  has  recorded  the  reduction  of  the  valuation  allowance  as  an  offsetting
adjustment  in  equity.  As  a  result,  no  net  entry  to  equity  was  recorded  for  the  2018  convertible  debt  in  2018.  Subsequent  changes  in  the
deferred tax liability related to the convertible debt would be recorded as a component of income tax expense or benefits.

The Company began commercialization of its products in Europe in 2016 and has subsidiaries in the Netherlands, France, Germany,

Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom. The Company intends to treat earnings from its foreign subsidiaries as permanently reinvested.

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the CARES Act. The CARES Act is an emergency economic stimulus package that
includes spending and tax breaks to strengthen the United States economy and fund a nationwide effort to curtail the effect of COVID-19.
While the CARES Act provides sweeping tax changes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the more significant provisions are
the extension of the carryback period of certain losses to five years, and the suspension of the 80 percent limitation imposed by the TCJA on
utilization of NOLs generated in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to offset taxable income generated in tax years prior to 2021. The CARES Act also
increased the ability to deduct interest expense from 30 percent, as imposed by the TCJA, to 50 percent of modified taxable income. The
CARES  Act  also  provides  for  a  credit  against  employee  wages,  the  opportunity  to  defer  payment  of  a  portion  of  federal  payroll  taxes  to
December 2021 and December 2022 and enhanced small business loans to assist business impacted by the pandemic. The Company’s tax
provision and financial position was not materially impacted by the CARES Act.

On December 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act which extended and modified many of the

tax related provisions of the CARES Act. This did not have a material impact to the Company.

89

The difference between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for years ending December

31 is as follows:

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Permanent and other differences
Loan forgiveness
Change in tax rates
Tax rate differential
Unrecognized tax benefits
Nondeductible equity and other compensation
Credit for increased research activities
Change in valuation allowance

12/31/2021

12/31/2020

12/31/2019

(21.00)%
(4.26)%
(9.01)%
(1.31)%
0.02 %
2.30 %
2.64 %
1.72 %
(6.19)%
35.15 %
0.06 %

(21.00)%
(4.95)%
2.35 %
— %
(0.05)%
3.09 %
1.34 %
(3.38)%
(6.29)%
28.89 %
— %

(21.00)%
(3.83)%
(0.25)%
— %
0.16 %
3.28 %
0.79 %
1.12 %
(2.80)%
22.40 %
(0.13)%

The Company's uncertain tax positions at December 31 as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Increases for prior positions
Increases for current year positions
Other increases
Decreases due to settlements
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
Other decreases

Balance at end of year

$

$

4,866  $
2,359 
1,746 
— 
(1,415)
— 
— 
7,556  $

3,712  $
— 
1,154 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4,866  $

2,983 
7 
724 
— 
— 
— 
(2)
3,712 

2021

2020

2019

These uncertain positions are not expected to change within the next twelve months. Of the $7.6 million of uncertain tax positions,
$0.1 million would impact the effective tax rate, if reversed. The Company accounts for interest on uncertain tax positions within tax expense.
The Company's foreign subsidiaries are subject to applicable jurisdiction examination for all years of operations. The Company has adequate
tax  attributes  available  to  utilize  against  its  uncertain  tax  positions  in  a  given  year.  As  a  result  the  Company  does  not  accrue  interest  or
penalties against its uncertain tax positions.

The Company incurred net operating losses since inception that are subject to adjustment under Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”)
and  state  examination.  In  the  first  quarter  of  2021,  the  Company  was  informed  by  the  IRS  that  they  would  begin  an  examination  of  the
Company’s  2018  tax  year.  The  Company  substantially  completed  the  IRS  audit  of  the  2018  tax  year  during  2021.  The  IRS  assessed  an
adjustment  reducing  the  Company's  2018  R&D  tax  credit.  The  IRS  assessed  an  adjustment  reducing  the  Company's  2018  NOL.  The
Company has removed the associated reserve for uncertain tax benefits in the current year and adjusted the deferred tax asset for the NOL
and  R&D  credit  carryforwards  as  a  result  of  the  audit  settlement.  No  cash  taxes,  interest  or  penalties  were  paid  in  connection  with  this
settlement. The Company’s foreign income tax filings are subject to examination by the appropriate foreign tax authorities. The Company is
not otherwise currently under examination by tax authorities.

NOTE 15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Clinical Trial & Study Agreements

The Company has entered into master agreements with clinical trial and study sites in which we typically pay a set amount for start-
up costs and then pay for work performed. These agreements typically indemnify the clinical trial sites from any and all losses arising from
third party claims as a result of the Company's negligence, willful misconduct or misrepresentation. The expenses for start-up costs and work
performed for these trials and

90

studies is recorded as research and development or sales, general and administrative expenses on the Company's consolidated statements
of operations and comprehensive loss. No commitments were recorded in connection with indemnifying these sites for losses.

NOTE 16. LEASES

The following presents supplemental information related to our leases in which we are the lessee for the years ended December 31

(in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations

Operating leases

Lease Cost

Operating leases
Short-term leases

2021

2020

$

$

680  $

— 

1,095 

80  $

712 

17 

1,052 
66 

The  weighted  average  remaining  lease  term  on  our  operating  leases  is  3.5  years.  The  weighted  average  discount  rate  on  those

leases is 7.1%.

The following presents maturities of operating lease liabilities in which we are the lessee as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Total lease payments
Less imputed interest

2021

856 
968 
1,055 
600 
— 
— 
3,479 
(429)
3,050 

$

$

The  net  investment  in  sales-type  leases,  where  we  are  the  lessor,  is  a  component  of  other  current  assets  and  other  non-current
assets in our consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2021, the total net investment in these leases was $3.2 million. The following
presents maturities of lease receivables under sales-type leases as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

91

2021

$

1,309 
937 
444 
88 
431 
— 
3,209 

NOTE 17. INDUSTRY, GEOGRAPHIC, AND REVENUE DISAGGREGATION

The  Company  operates  as  one  operating  segment.  Sales  to  customers  outside  the  U.S.  represented  14%,  8%  and  28%  of  total
revenue  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  balances  due  from
foreign customers, in U.S. dollars, were $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

The following presents long-lived assets (excluding intangible assets) by geographic territory at December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

2021

2020

$

$

5,014  $
375 
5,389  $

The following presents total net sales by geographic territory for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign
Net sales

2021

2020

2019

$

$

10,121  $
1,661 
11,782  $

10,305  $
860 
11,165  $

The following presents total net sales by line of business for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Accelerate Pheno revenue
Other revenue

Net sales

2021

2020

2019

$

$

11,628  $
154 
11,782  $

11,025  $
140 
11,165  $

The following presents total net sales by products and services for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

Products
Services
Net sales

2021

2020

2019

$

$

10,430  $
1,352 
11,782  $

10,336  $
829 
11,165  $

5,658 
477 
6,135 

6,705 
2,592 
9,297 

9,132 
165 
9,297 

8,839 
458 
9,297 

Lease income included in net sales was $1.9 million, $3.6 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and

2019, respectively, which does not represent revenues recognized from contracts with customers.

92

NOTE 18. SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of unaudited selected quarterly financial information for the three months ended 2021 (in thousands, except per
share data):

Net sales
Gross (loss) profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

3,344  $
(3,317) $
(19,411) $
(22,803) $
(0.34) $

3,122  $
986  $
(14,532) $
(8,986) $
(0.15) $

2,798  $
1,053  $
(17,590) $
(21,674) $
(0.36) $

2,518 
897 
(20,027)
(24,239)
(0.41)

The  following  is  a  summary  of  unaudited  selected  quarterly  financial  information  for  the  three  months  ended  2020  (in  thousands,

except per share data):

Net sales
Gross profit
Loss from operations
Net loss
Basic and diluted net loss per share

NOTE 19. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

At-The-Market Equity Sales Agreement

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,

$
$
$
$
$

3,110  $
1,149  $
(15,080) $
(18,912) $
(0.33) $

3,588  $
1,301  $
(15,165) $
(18,757) $
(0.33) $

2,125  $
954  $
(15,725) $
(19,230) $
(0.35) $

2,342 
1,055 
(17,730)
(21,309)
(0.39)

During  May  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Equity  Sales  Agreement  (the  “ATM  Sales  Agreement”)  with  William  Blair  &
Company, L.L.C. (“William Blair”) pursuant to which the Company may sell shares of its common stock having an aggregate offering price of
up  to  $50  million,  from  time  to  time,  through  an  “at-the-market”  equity  offering  program  under  which  William  Blair  will  act  as  sales  agent.
Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  ATM  Sales  Agreement,  William  Blair  may  sell  shares  by  any  method  deemed  to  be  an  “at-the-
market”  offering  as  defined  in  Rule  415  under  the  U.S.  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  “Securities  Act").  The  Company  is  not
obligated to sell any shares under the ATM Sales Agreement. The Board has authorized management to sell up to a specified number of
shares under the Sales Agreement within certain share price levels. The Board may choose to change such share number and share price
authorizations  at  any  time.  William  Blair  is  entitled  to  a  commission  of  3%  of  the  aggregate  gross  proceeds  from  each  sale  of  shares
occurring pursuant to the Sales Agreement. During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  sold  2,092,497  shares  of  common
stock under the ATM Sales Agreement for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.9 million, which was recorded to contributed capital.

December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement

During  December  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  (the  “December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement”) with Jack W. Schuler, John Patience, Matthew Strobeck, Mark C. Miller, Thomas D. Brown and Jack Phillips, or entities affiliated
with such persons (collectively, the “Original Purchasers”), for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 4,166,663 shares of
the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”), to the Original Purchasers in an offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of
the  Securities  Act,  and  Rule  506  promulgated  thereunder.  Each  of  Jack  W.  Schuler,  John  Patience,  Matthew  Strobeck,  Mark  C.  Miller,
Thomas  D.  Brown  and  Jack  Phillips  is  a  member  of  the  Board.  Mr.  Phillips  also  serves  as  the  Company’s  President  and  Chief  Executive
Officer. Additionally, during December 2020, the Company entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”)
with the Original Purchasers in connection with the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed
to register the resale of the Shares pursuant to the terms set forth therein.

The Jack W. Schuler Living Trust (the “Schuler Trust”), which was the entity affiliated with Jack W. Schuler that originally entered into
the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement for the purchase of 3,964,843 Shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$30.5 million, subsequently entered into an assignment

93

and  assumption  agreement  whereby  it  assigned  all  of  its  rights  and  obligations  as  an  Original  Purchaser  to  three  other  entities  under  the
December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Schuler Purchasers”). These three entities are related to Jack W. Schuler
but are not affiliates of his.

Pursuant  to  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Original  Purchasers  agreed  to  purchase  the  Shares  at  a
purchase price (determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules relating to the “market value” of the Company’s common stock) of $7.68 per
share, which was equal to the consolidated closing bid price reported by Nasdaq immediately preceding the time the Company entered into
the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $32 million.

The December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement contemplated that the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares would
occur in three approximately equal tranches on the dates specified in the agreement or such other dates as the parties may agree, with the
first and second tranches having closed on February 19, 2021 and April 9, 2021, respectively, whereby the Company received total proceeds
of approximately $21.3 million which were recorded to contributed capital.

On  September  17,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  rescission  agreement  (the  “Rescission  Agreement”)  with  the  Schuler
Purchasers and the Schuler Trust pursuant to which, effective as of January 29, 2021, the Company and the Schuler Purchasers agreed to
rescind and unwind the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement for all legal, tax and financial
purposes ab initio as if the related transactions, including the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 2,643,228 Shares in the first two tranche
closings and the third tranche (as discussed below) under the December 2020 Purchase Agreement, had never occurred with respect to the
Schuler  Purchasers  and  the  Company.  The  Rescission  Agreement  was  entered  into  due  to  the  unanticipated  legal,  tax  and/or  financial
consequences that may have otherwise resulted from the December 2020 Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. The
2,643,228  Shares  re-acquired  by  the  Company  from  the  Schuler  Purchasers  as  a  result  of  the  Rescission  Agreement  are  treated  as  a
reduction to contributed capital and are not outstanding for purposes of the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share.

On  September  30,  2021,  the  Company  closed  the  final  third  tranche  in  connection  with  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase
Agreement and received total proceeds of approximately $0.5 million. In accordance with the Rescission Agreement, the Schuler Purchasers
did not participate in the third tranche. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 201,820 Shares and received total
proceeds  of  approximately  $1.5  million  under  the  December  2020  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  which  were  recorded  to  contributed
capital, after giving effect to the Rescission Agreement.

September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement

During September 2021, the Company entered into a new securities purchase agreement (the “September 2021 Securities Purchase
Agreement”) with the Schuler Purchasers for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate of 3,954,546 shares of the Company’s
newly designated Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), to the Schuler Purchasers in an
offering exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder.

Pursuant to the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement, the Schuler Purchasers agreed to purchase the Series A Preferred

Shares at a purchase price of $7.70 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $30.5 million.

The  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  contemplated  that  the  closing  of  the  purchase  and  sale  of  the  Series  A
Preferred  Shares  would  occur  in  two  tranches.  The  first  tranche  closed  on  the  date  of  the  execution  of  the  September  2021  Securities
Purchase Agreement whereby an aggregate of 2,636,364 Series A Preferred Shares were issued and sold to the Schuler Purchasers. On
October 29, 2021, the Company closed the final second tranche in connection with the September 2021 Securities Purchase Agreement for
an aggregate of 1,318,182 Series A Preferred Shares. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 3,954,546 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock to the Schuler Purchasers and received total proceeds of approximately $30.5 million under the September 2021
Securities Purchase Agreement, which were recorded to contributed capital.

The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to the Company’s common stock
and to any other class of securities it may issue in the future that is specifically designated as junior to the Series A Preferred Stock. The
holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive

94

dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, prior in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the
Company’s common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (as appropriately
adjusted  for  any  subsequent  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  combinations,  reclassifications  and  the  like),  when,  as  and  if  declared  by  the
Board.

In  the  event  of  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred
Stock  then  outstanding  are  entitled  to  participate  with  the  holders  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  or  any  other  junior  securities  then
outstanding,  pro  rata  on  an  as-converted  basis,  in  the  distribution  of  all  the  remaining  assets  and  funds  of  the  Company  available  for
distribution to its stockholders.

The  holders  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  generally  have  no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  their  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,

except as provided by law or to amend, modify or waive any provision of the certificate of designation of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  is  convertible,  at  the  option  of  the  holder,  at  any  time  into  one  share  of  the  Company’s
common  stock.  Additionally,  each  share  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  one  share  of  the  Company’s
common stock immediately upon a sale of all outstanding stock of the Company or a merger of the Company into another corporation where
the pre-merger Company’s stockholders cease to be the controlling stockholders of the post-merger corporation.

Convertible Notes Exchange Agreements

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into separate exchange agreements with certain holders of the
Notes. Under  the  terms  of  the  exchange  agreements,  such  holders  agreed  to  exchange  Notes  held  by  them  for  shares  of  the  Company’s
common  stock.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  certain  holders  of  the  Notes  exchanged  $51.0  million  in  aggregate  principal
amount  of  Notes  for  6,602,974  shares  with  a  value  of  $38.9  million  which  was  recorded  to  contributed  capital.  See  Note  11,  Convertible
Notes, for additional information.

NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Convertible notes

As  discussed  in  Note  11,  Convertible  Notes,  the  Company  issued  Notes  in  March  2018.  The  Schuler  Family  Foundation  (the
“Foundation”)  purchased  an  aggregate  of  $30.0  million  of  the  Notes  in  the  March  2018  offering  on  the  same  terms  as  those  under  which
other investors purchased the Notes, although no discount or commission in respect of such notes purchased by the Foundation was paid by
the Company to the initial purchasers of the Notes. During 2019, the Foundation purchased an additional $12.0 million of Notes on the open
market. Jack W. Schuler, a member of our Board, is the President of the Foundation.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Foundation transferred by gift the $42.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes
held by the Foundation to the Schuler Initiative Supporting Charitable Trust (the “Supporting Organization”), a tax-exempt organization that is
not an affiliate of Jack W. Schuler.

In connection with the Exchange Transactions discussed in Note 19, Stockholder's Equity, the Supporting Organization exchanged
$42.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes held by it for 5,428,699 shares of the Company's common stock. Using the closing stock
price  on  September  22,  2021  of  $5.81,  the  5,428,699  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  were  determined  to  have  a  value  of  $31.5
million which was recorded to contributed capital during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The  Supporting  Organization  had  the  same  or  similar  terms  as  the  other  holders  of  Notes  that  participated  in  the  Exchange
Transactions.  The  Company  determined  the  Exchange  Transactions  were  in  accordance  with  extinguishment  accounting  and  were
accounted for as an extinguishment of debt opposed to a capital transaction.

See Note 11, Convertible Notes and Note 19, Stockholder's Equity, for additional information.

95

December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement

On December 24, 2020, the Company entered into the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement with the Original Purchasers
for the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares. Additionally, on December 24, 2020, the Company entered into the Registration
Rights Agreement with the Original Purchasers pursuant to which the Company agreed to register the resale of the Shares pursuant to the
terms set forth therein. The Original Purchasers are comprised of certain directors and officers of the Company, or entities affiliated or related
to such persons. See Note 19, Stockholder's Equity, for further information.

On September 17, 2021, the Company entered into the Rescission Agreement with the Schuler Purchasers and the Schuler Trust,
an  entity  affiliated  with  Jack  W.  Schuler,  pursuant  to  which,  effective  as  of  January  29,  2021,  the  Company  and  the  Schuler  Purchasers
agreed to rescind and unwind the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement for all legal, tax
and financial purposes ab initio as if the related transactions, including the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 2,636,364 Shares in the first
two tranche closings and the third tranche under the December 2020 Purchase Agreement, had never occurred with respect to the Schuler
Purchasers and the Company. The Schuler Purchasers are related to Jack W. Schuler but are not affiliates of his. See Note 19, Stockholder's
Equity, for further information.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 201,820 Shares and received total proceeds of approximately $1.5

million under the December 2020 Securities Purchase Agreement after giving effect to the Rescission Agreement.

September 2021 Rescission Agreement

On  September  22,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  the  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  with  the  Schuler
Purchasers  for  the  issuance  and  sale  by  the  Company  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Shares.  The  Schuler  Purchasers  are  related  to  Jack  W.
Schuler but are not affiliates of his. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued 3,954,546 Series A Preferred Shares and
received  total  proceeds  of  approximately  $30.5  million  under  the  September  2021  Securities  Purchase  Agreement.  See  Note  19,
Stockholder's Equity, for further information.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, the Company’s Principal
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  such  term  is
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Exchange  Act,  were  effective  as  of  December  31,  2021,  to  ensure  that  information
required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized
and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s
management,  including  its  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding
required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  for  external
purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future

96

periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Company’s
Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  evaluation,  our  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.

This Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm because, as a “smaller
reporting company” and non-accelerated filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to issue such an attestation
report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d)
and 15d-15(d) under the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely
to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

97

PART III

Certain  information  required  by  Part  III  is  omitted  from  this  Form  10-K  because  the  required  information  will  be  incorporated  by
reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A
of the Exchange Act (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  disclosed  in  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Proxy

Statement.

98

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

a)    Documents filed as part of this report
1)    All financial statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 42)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
58
60
61
62
63
65

2)    Financial Statement Schedules

All  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted,  since  the  required  information  is  not  applicable  or  because  the  information
required is included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

b)    Exhibits required by Item 601 of Registration S-K

The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index preceding the signature page of this report.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

99

Exhibit No.

Description

Filing Information

EXHIBIT INDEX

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant
Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock of
Registrant

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

3.2.1

Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

Indenture, dated March 27, 2018 between Registrant and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee
Form of 2.50% Convertible Senior Note due 2023 (included in
Exhibit 4.2)
Description of our Capital Stock Registered Pursuant to Section 12
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

10.1*

Registrant’s 2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

10.1.1*

Amendment to Registrant’s 2004 Omnibus Stock Option Plan

10.1.2*

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under Registrant’s 2004
Omnibus Stock Option Plan

Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and Abeja
Ventures, LLC, dated as of June 26, 2012

CFO Offer Letter between Registrant and Steve Reichling, dated
as of August 8, 2012

Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
(as amended by the First Amendment to the Accelr8 Technology
Corporation 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and the Second
Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan)
Third Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Fourth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Fifth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Sixth Amendment to the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the
Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the
Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

10.2

10.3*

10.4*

10.4.1*

10.4.2*

10.4.3*

10.4.4*

10.4.5*

10.4.6*

100

Incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on November 13,
2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Registrant’s Definitive
Information Statement on Schedule 14C filed on July 12, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2016
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 8-K for the fiscal year ended August 8,
2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2022
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Filed herewith

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on November 15,
2004
Incorporated by reference to Annex C of the Registrant’s Definitive
Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on May 17, 2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with the Registrant’s
Form S-8 Registration Statement (No. 333-182930) on July 30,
2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31,
2012
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 filed with the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
July 31, 2012

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2017

Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Registrant’s
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 10, 2017
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.6 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 15, 2019
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 14, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the Registrant on
March 22, 2013
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Form S-8
Registration Statement (No. 333-187439) filed by the Registrant on
March 22, 2013

10.4.7*

UK Sub-Plan under the Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. 2012 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan

10.5

10.6

10.7

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 24, 2020 by and
among Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 24, 2020 by and
among Registrant and the purchasers party thereto
Forward Stock Purchase Transaction, dated March 22, 2018,
between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch

10.8*

2019 Salary Waiver and Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Plan

10.8.1*

Form of 2019 Salary Waiver Agreement

10.9*

2020 Salary Waiver and Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Plan

10.9.1*

Form of 2020 Salary Waiver Agreement

10.10*

10.11

10.12

Agreement between Registrant and Jack Phillips, dated as of
January 31, 2020
Rescission Agreement, dated September 17, 2021, by and among
Registrant, the Tanya Eva Schuler Trust, the Therese Heidi Schuler
Trust, Schuler Grandchildren LLC and the Jack W. Schuler Living
Trust
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 22, 2021, by
and among Registrant, the Tanya Eva Schuler Trust, the Therese
Heidi Schuler Trust and Schuler Grandchildren LLC

10.13

Form of Exchange Agreement

21
23.1

31.1

31.2

32

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB

101.PRE

104

List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certificate of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial
Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not
appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are
embedded within the Inline XBRL document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL with
applicable taxonomy extension information contained in Exhibits
101)

*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

101

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.7 filed with the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2020

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2018
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's
Current Report on form 8-K filed on April 8, 2020
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on February 28, 2020

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2021
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Furnished herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this

Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

March 14, 2022

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

By: /s/ Jack Phillips
Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Steve
Reichling,  as  his  attorney-in-fact,  with  the  power  of  substitution,  for  him  in  any  and  all  capacities,  to  sign  any  amendments  to  this  Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Jack Phillips
Jack Phillips

/s/ Steve Reichling
Steve Reichling

/s/ John Patience
John Patience

/s/ Tom Brown
Tom Brown

/s/ Louise Francesconi 
Louise Francesconi

/s/ Hany Massarany
Hany Massarany

/s/ Mark Miller
Mark Miller

/s/ Jack Schuler
Jack Schuler

/s/ Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.
Matthew W. Strobeck, Ph.D.

/s/ Frank J.M. ten Brink
Frank J.M. ten Brink

/s/ Charles Watts, M.D.
Charles Watts, M.D.

102

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 14, 2022

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

EXHIBIT 4.4

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

General

As of December 31, 2021, Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. (“we”, “us” or “our”) had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: our common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Our  authorized  capital  stock  consists  of  105,000,000  shares  with  a  par  value  of  $0.001  per  share,  comprised  of  100,000,000
authorized shares of common stock and 5,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. As of March 10, 2022, there were 67,801,931
shares of our common stock and 3,954,546 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

The  following  summary  description  is  based  on  the  provisions  of  our  certificate  of  incorporation,  our  bylaws  and  the  applicable
provisions  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the  “DGCL”).  This  description  is  not  complete  and  is  subject  to,  and  qualified  in  its
entirety by reference to, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, each of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to our Annual
Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.4 is a part, and the DGCL. You should read our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and the
applicable provisions of the DGCL for a complete statement of the provisions described below and for other provisions that may be important
to you.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders. Subject to
preferences  that  may  be  applicable  to  any  outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock,  holders  of  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably
such  dividends  as  may  be  declared  by  the  board  of  directors  out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor.  If  we  liquidate,  dissolve  or  wind  up,
holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any
outstanding  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Holders  of  common  stock  have  no  preemptive,  conversion  or  subscription  rights.  There  are  no
redemption  or  sinking  fund  provisions  applicable  to  the  common  stock.  All  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  are  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AXDX.” The transfer agent for our common stock is
Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. Its address is 1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, and its telephone
number is (800) 733-1121.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders,
to issue from time to time the preferred stock in one or more series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation
of such series, the voting powers, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights,  if  any,  and  any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  of  the  shares  of  such  series.  Preferred  stock  will  be  fully  paid  and
nonassessable upon issuance.

The issuance of preferred stock will affect, and may adversely affect, the rights of holders of common stock. It is not possible to state
the  actual  effect  of  the  issuance  of  any  shares  of  preferred  stock  on  the  rights  of  holders  of  common  stock  until  our  board  of  directors
determines  the  specific  rights  attached  to  that  preferred  stock.  The  effects  of  issuing  preferred  stock  could  include  one  or  more  of  the
following:
•
•
•
•

restricting dividends on the common stock;
diluting the voting power of the common stock;
impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company. 

Series A Preferred Stock

Our Series A Preferred Stock ranks, with respect to the payment of dividends, senior to our common stock and to any other class of
securities  we  may  issue  in  the  future  that  is  specifically  designated  as  junior  to  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.  The  holders  of  Series  A
Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, prior in preference to any declaration
or payment of any dividend on our common stock at the rate of $0.25 per share per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred
Stock (as appropriately adjusted for any subsequent stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications and the like), when, as and
if declared by our board of directors.

In  the  event  of  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  Company,  the  holders  of  Series A  Preferred
Stock then outstanding are entitled to participate with the holders of our common stock or any other junior securities then outstanding, pro
rata  on  an  as-converted  basis,  in  the  distribution  of  all  the  remaining  assets  and  funds  of  the  Company  available  for  distribution  to  its
stockholders.

The  holders  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  generally  have  no  voting  rights  with  respect  to  their  shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock,

except as provided by law or to amend, modify or waive any provision of the certificate of designation of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into one share of our common stock.
Additionally, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into one share of our common stock immediately upon a
sale  of  all  outstanding  stock  of  the  Company  or  a  merger  of  the  Company  into  another  corporation  where  the  pre-merger  Company’s
stockholders cease to be the controlling stockholders of the post-merger corporation. 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law

We are subject to the Delaware anti-takeover laws regulating corporate takeovers, including Section 203 of the DGCL. In general,
Section  203  of  the  DGCL  prohibits  a  publicly  held  Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  any  business  combinations  with  any  interested
stockholder  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  time  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder,  unless  (1)  the  business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by our board of directors
prior to the time the interested stockholder obtained such status; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the
time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding shares owned by directors who are also
officers  of  the  corporation  and  shares  owned  by  employee  stock  plans  in  which  employee  participants  do  not  have  the  right  to  determine
confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (3) at or subsequent to such time the
business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A  “business  combination”  is  defined  to  include  mergers,  asset  sales,  and  other  transactions  resulting  in  financial  benefit  to  an
“interested stockholder.” In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who owns (or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and,
within the prior three years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Certificate of Incorporation

Our certificate of incorporation provides our board of directors with the express authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of serial
preferred  stock  and  to  determine  the  price,  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  of  such  preferred  stock  without  stockholder  approval.  In
addition,  the  certificate  of  incorporation  does  not  provide  for  cumulative  voting.  These  rights  may  deter  or  impede  a  hostile  takeover  or
change of control or management.

Bylaws

In addition, our bylaws include a number of provisions that may deter or impede hostile takeovers or

changes of control or management.

Vacancies in our Board of Directors

Our  bylaws  provide  that  any  vacancy  occurring  in  our  board  of  directors  may  be  filled  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the
remaining members of the board of directors. Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified
or until the director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, special meetings of stockholders may only be called by the President or a Vice President or the board of directors.
Our bylaws further provide that the Secretary shall call a special meeting following receipt of one or more written requests to call a special
meeting from stockholders of record who own at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares then entitled to vote on the matter
or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent without a Meeting
Under our bylaws, any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without
prior  notice  and  without  a  vote,  if  a  consent  or  consents  in  writing,  setting  forth  the  action  to  be  so  taken,  is  signed  by  the  holders  of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, is delivered to the Company. Every written consent shall bear the date of
signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered, written consents are delivered signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action.

Requirements for Notice of Stockholder Director Nominations and Stockholder Business

Under our bylaws, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of record

who complies with the applicable notice and other requirements set forth in our bylaws.

If a stockholder wishes to bring any business before an annual or special meeting or nominate a person for election to our board of
directors, our bylaws contain certain procedures that must be followed for the advance timing required for delivery of stockholder notice of
such nomination or other business and the information that such notice must contain.

These provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeovers
or changes of control of the Company and may discourage attempts by other companies to acquire us, even if such a transaction would be
beneficial to the Company’s stockholders.

ACCELERATE DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

EXHIBIT 21

Legal Entity
Accelerate Diagnostics UK Limited
Accelerate Diagnostics S.L.
Accelerate Diagnostics GmbH
Accelerate Diagnostics SARL
Accelerate Diagnostics S.r.l
Accelerate Diagnostics B.V.
Accelerate Diagnostics Holdings, LLC

Jurisdiction/Domicile
England
Spain
Germany
France
Italy
Netherlands
United States

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

EXHIBIT 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-252470) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-262494) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-187439) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-199992) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-213072) pertaining to the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-225585) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.,

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-233185) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc., and

(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-239052) pertaining to the 2012 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of Accelerate Diagnostics,

Inc.;

of our report dated March 14, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc., included in

this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
March 14, 2022

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Jack Phillips, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods  presented  in  this
report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known
to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on
such evaluation; and

d. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

a. all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial
information; and

b. any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 14, 2022

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Steve Reichling, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Accelerate Diagnostics, Inc.;

2. Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods  presented  in  this
report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and

d. disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

a. all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial
information; and

b. any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

March 14, 2022

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32

Each  of  the  undersigned  officers  of  Accelerate  Diagnostics,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  hereby  certifies  that,  to  his  knowledge,  the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021 to which this certification is attached (the “Report”), as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  that  the  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial
condition and results of operations of the Company.

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

/s/ Jack Phillips

Jack Phillips
President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Steve Reichling

Steve Reichling
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)